TW201237065A - Liquid crystal alignment agents for photo-alignment, liquid crystal photo-alignment layers, and liquid crystal displays using the same - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agents for photo-alignment, liquid crystal photo-alignment layers, and liquid crystal displays using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201237065A
TW201237065A TW101100286A TW101100286A TW201237065A TW 201237065 A TW201237065 A TW 201237065A TW 101100286 A TW101100286 A TW 101100286A TW 101100286 A TW101100286 A TW 101100286A TW 201237065 A TW201237065 A TW 201237065A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
formula
group
crystal alignment
alignment agent
Prior art date
Application number
TW101100286A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI606081B (en
Inventor
Tomoyuki Matsuda
Fumitaka Kondo
Takahiro Yamauchi
Original Assignee
Jnc Corp
Jnc Petrochemical Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Jnc Corp, Jnc Petrochemical Corp filed Critical Jnc Corp
Publication of TW201237065A publication Critical patent/TW201237065A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI606081B publication Critical patent/TWI606081B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1003Preparatory processes
    • C08G73/1007Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
    • C08G73/1025Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines polymerised by radiations
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1057Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1057Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain
    • C08G73/106Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain containing silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1057Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain
    • C08G73/1064Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain containing sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1085Polyimides with diamino moieties or tetracarboxylic segments containing heterocyclic moieties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/17Amines; Quaternary ammonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/22Compounds containing nitrogen bound to another nitrogen atom
    • C08K5/24Derivatives of hydrazine
    • C08K5/25Carboxylic acid hydrazides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K5/541Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen
    • C08K5/5415Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen containing at least one Si—O bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/54Silicon-containing compounds
    • C08K5/541Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen
    • C08K5/5435Silicon-containing compounds containing oxygen containing oxygen in a ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/133711Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by organic films, e.g. polymeric films
    • G02F1/133723Polyimide, polyamide-imide

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

A liquid crystal alignment agent contains polyamic acid or derivative thereof obtained by reacting cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride or a mixture of tetracarboxylic dianhydride containg cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride with a specific diamine. The specific diamine contains at least two nitrogen atoms besides the nitrogen atom of the amino group in the molecular. The liquid crystal alignment agent is used to form a photo-alignment layer having good sensitivity of chemical variation caused by light irradiation, excellent alignmentability of the liquid crystal molecular, and high transparency. Furthermore, the photo-alignment layer is used in a liquid crystal display device capable of sustaining electric properties commonly needed in the liquid crystal alignment layer such as high voltage holding ratio, low ion contents, and low residual charge etc.

Description

201237065 40462pif 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於一種使用光配向法的光配向用液晶配向 劑、及使用其的光配向膜、液晶顯示元件。 【先前技術】[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a liquid alignment type liquid alignment agent using a photo-alignment method, and a photo alignment film and a liquid crystal display element using the same. [Prior Art]

在個人電腦(personal computer )的顯示器(monit〇r )、 液晶電視、攝像機(video camera )的取景器(view finder )、 投影顯示器(projection display)等各種顯示裝置、另外光 印刷頭(optical printer head)、光學傅立葉轉換(0pticai Fourier transform )元件、光閥(light valve)等光電子相關 元件等中,目前得到產品化而通常流通的液晶顯示元件的 主流是使用向列型液晶(nematic liquid crystal)的顯示元 件。向列型液晶顯示元件的顯示方式廣泛已知有TN (Twisted Nematic ’ 扭曲向列)模式、STN ( Super TwistedVarious display devices such as a display of a personal computer (monit〇r), a liquid crystal television, a viewfinder of a video camera, a projection display, and an optical printer head (optical printer head) In the optoelectronic related components such as optical epipolar transform (Opticai Fourier transform) elements and light valves, the mainstream of liquid crystal display elements that are currently commercialized and generally circulated is the use of nematic liquid crystals. Display component. TN (Twisted Nematic') mode, STN (Super Twisted) is widely known as a display mode of nematic liquid crystal display elements.

Nematic ’超扭曲向列)模式。近年來,為了改善這些模式 的問題點之一即視角狹窄’提出了使用了光學補償膜的TN 型液晶顯示元件、並用了垂直配向與突起結構物技術的 MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,多域垂直配向) 模式、或松向電場方式的IPS (in-piane Switching ’平面轉 換)模式等,並且得以實用化。 為了使這些液晶顯示元件具有均一的顯示特性,必須 均一地控制液晶的分子配列。具體而言,使基板上的液晶 分子於一個方向上均一地配向;使液晶分子自基板面起具 有一定的傾斜角(預傾角)等。具有此種作用的即是液晶 201237065 40462pif 配向膜。液晶配向膜是關係到液晶顯示元件的顯示品質的 重要因素之-,隨著顯示元件的高品質化,液晶配向膜的 作用逐年變得重要起來。 ' 液晶配向膜是使用液晶配向劑而被形成。現在所主要 使用的液晶配向劑是使聚醯胺酸或可溶性聚醯亞胺溶解於 有機溶劑中而成的溶液(清漆)。將該溶液塗布於基板上 之後,利用加熱等手段進行成膜而形成聚醯亞胺系液晶配 向膜。作為賦予该膜使液晶分子配向的性質(配向處理) 的方法,現在所工業性使用的是摩擦法。摩擦法是使用移 植了尼龍、人造絲、聚醋等纖維的布,向一個方向對液晶 配向膜的表面進行摩擦的處理,由此可獲得液晶分子的一 致的配向。然而,在摩擦法中存在如下的問題:在步驟中 產生的配向膜的削屑或纖維雜質等的附著所造成的顯示缺 陷’或者由於產生靜電而使薄膜電晶體 (Thin-Film-Transistor ’ TFT)元件被破壞所引起的顯示不 良等。 .為了解決該問題,提出了對所形成的膜照射光而實施 配向處理的光配向法,迄今為止介紹了光分解法、光異構 化法、光二聚法、光交聯法等眾多的配向機構(例如參照 非專利文獻1及專利文獻1〜專利文獻5)。光配向法具有 如下的優點:與摩擦法相比而言配向的均一性高,且由於 是非接觸的配向法,因此並不使膜附有傷痕,且可減低塵 埃或靜電等造成液晶顯示元件顯示不良的原因等。 雖然進行了數量眾多的利用光配向方式的液晶配向 201237065 膜(以下有時簡稱為“光配向膜,,)中所使用的材料的研究, 但報告了:使用聚醯亞胺(所述聚醯亞胺在原料中使用四 羧酸二酐、特別是環丁烷四羧酸二酐)的光配向膜可使液 晶分子均一且穩定地配向(例如參照專利文獻1)。這是 對基板上所形成的膜照射紫外線等而賦予聚醯亞胺如下功 能的方法:通過使其產生化學變化而使液晶配向於固定方 向上。然而,利用此種方式的光配向膜存在電氣特性差的 問題,亦即,與利用摩擦法的配向膜相比雜質離子的量增 加而造成電壓保持率降低等。為了解決該問題,對構成聚 醯亞胺的分子結構進行了各種研究(例如參照專利文獻2 及專利文獻3 )。 另一方面,光配向法由於與摩擦法相比而言錨定能 (anchoring energy)小、液晶分子的配向性差,因此被指 燒痕。為了克服此種缺P么,.Nematic 'super twisted nematic) mode. In recent years, in order to improve one of the problems of these modes, that is, the narrow viewing angle, a TN-type liquid crystal display element using an optical compensation film and a MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) using vertical alignment and protrusion structure technology have been proposed. The vertical alignment mode or the IPS (in-piane switching) mode of the loose electric field mode is practical. In order for these liquid crystal display elements to have uniform display characteristics, it is necessary to uniformly control the molecular arrangement of the liquid crystals. Specifically, the liquid crystal molecules on the substrate are uniformly aligned in one direction; the liquid crystal molecules have a certain inclination angle (pretilt angle) from the substrate surface. This kind of action is the liquid crystal 201237065 40462pif alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment film is an important factor related to the display quality of the liquid crystal display element. With the improvement of the quality of the display element, the role of the liquid crystal alignment film has become important year by year. The liquid crystal alignment film is formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent. The liquid crystal alignment agent which is mainly used at present is a solution (varnish) obtained by dissolving polylysine or soluble polyimine in an organic solvent. After the solution is applied onto a substrate, a film is formed by heating or the like to form a polyimide film. As a method of imparting the property (alignment treatment) of the liquid crystal molecules to the film, a rubbing method is now industrially used. In the rubbing method, a cloth in which fibers such as nylon, rayon, or polyester are transferred is used to rub the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film in one direction, whereby uniform alignment of liquid crystal molecules can be obtained. However, in the rubbing method, there are problems in that a display defect caused by adhesion of shavings or fiber impurities or the like of the alignment film generated in the step or a thin film transistor (Thin-Film-Transistor 'TFT due to generation of static electricity) A display failure caused by destruction of components. In order to solve this problem, an optical alignment method in which light is applied to the formed film to perform alignment treatment has been proposed, and various alignments such as photodecomposition method, photo isomerization method, photodimerization method, and photocrosslinking method have been introduced so far. The mechanism (for example, refer to Non-Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 5). The photo-alignment method has the following advantages: the uniformity of the alignment is higher than that of the rubbing method, and since it is a non-contact alignment method, the film is not scratched, and the display of the liquid crystal display element is reduced by dust or static electricity. The reason and so on. Although a large number of materials using a liquid alignment method using a light alignment method in 201237065 film (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "photoalignment film,") have been studied, it is reported that polyimine is used (the polyfluorene) The photoalignment film of the imine in which a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, especially a cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride is used as a raw material can align the liquid crystal molecules uniformly and stably (for example, refer patent document 1). The formed film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays or the like to impart a function of the polyimine which has a function of causing a chemical change to align the liquid crystal in a fixed direction. However, the photo-alignment film of this type has a problem of poor electrical characteristics. In other words, the amount of impurity ions is increased as compared with the alignment film by the rubbing method, and the voltage holding ratio is lowered. In order to solve this problem, various studies have been conducted on the molecular structure of the polyimine (see, for example, Patent Document 2 and Patent). Document 3) On the other hand, the photo-alignment method is referred to as burnt energy because of its small anchoring energy and poor alignment of liquid crystal molecules. In order to overcome this lack of P Mody.

晶顯示元件的梵度降低。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]曰本專利特開平 出存在如下問題:液晶顯示元件的回應速度降低或者引起 9-297313 公報 201237065 40462pif [專利文獻2]日本專利特開2_···公報 [專利文獻3]國際公開20^/835^4號說明書 [專利文獻4]日本專利特開2〇〇5 275364公報 [專利文獻5]曰本專利特開2〇〇61713〇4公報 [非專利文獻] • [非專利文獻U液晶,第3卷,第4號,第262頁, 1999 年 【發明内容】 本發明的課題在於提供用以形成光配向膜的液晶配 向劑,所述光配向膜具有如下性質:可保持電壓保持率高、 離子量小、殘留電荷少等液晶配向膜所共通要求的電氣特 性,且由於光照射的化學變化的感度良好、液晶分子的配 向性優異、透光率高。本發明的課題更在於提供使用該液 晶配向劑的光配向膜’以及提供使用該光配向膜的液晶顯 示元件。 本發明者等人發現:利用含有聚醯胺酸或其衍生物 (所述聚酿胺酸或其衍生物是使環丁烧四緩酸二肝或包含 環丁烧四敌酸二酐的四敌酸二針的混合物、與在分子中除 胺基的氮原子以外具有至少2個氮原子的特定二胺反應而 得)的液晶配向劑而形成的光配向膜的由於光照射的化學 變化的感度良好、液晶分子的配向性優異、且透光率高, 從而完成本發明。 本發明包含以下的構成。 [1] 一種液晶配向劑,含有四羧酸二酐與二胺反應而 201237065 40462pif 得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物’且用以形成光配向用液晶配向 膜,其中 所述四缓酸一針包含下述式(I)所表示的四叛酸二針; 所述二胺包含選自下述式(N-1)及式(N-2)所表示 的二胺的群組的至少1種;The vanillo of the crystal display element is reduced. [Prior Art] [Patent Document 1] [Patent Document 1] The present invention has the following problems: the response speed of the liquid crystal display element is lowered or caused by 9-297313 publication 201237065 40462pif [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2_· _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [Non-Patent Document] • [Non-Patent Document U Liquid Crystal, Vol. 3, No. 4, p. 262, 1999] SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent for forming a photoalignment film, The light alignment film has the following properties: it can maintain electrical characteristics required for a liquid crystal alignment film such as a high voltage holding ratio, a small amount of ions, and a small residual charge, and has good sensitivity to chemical changes of light irradiation and excellent alignment of liquid crystal molecules. High light transmittance. Another object of the present invention is to provide a photo-alignment film using the liquid crystal alignment agent and to provide a liquid crystal display element using the photo-alignment film. The present inventors have found that the use of poly-amic acid or a derivative thereof (the poly-tyranamic acid or a derivative thereof is a tetrabutyric acid or a cyclobutanic acid dianhydride) a chemical change of light-aligning film formed by a liquid crystal alignment agent formed by a liquid crystal alignment agent obtained by reacting a mixture of a diene acid and a needle with a specific diamine having at least two nitrogen atoms other than a nitrogen atom of a molecule in the molecule The present invention has been completed in terms of good sensitivity, excellent alignment of liquid crystal molecules, and high light transmittance. The present invention includes the following constitutions. [1] A liquid crystal alignment agent containing a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine to be reacted with 201237065 40462pif of a polyamic acid or a derivative thereof and used to form a liquid alignment film for photoalignment, wherein the tetrasodium oxyacid The needle comprises a tetrapoxic acid two-needle represented by the following formula (I); the diamine contains at least 1 selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formula (N-1) and formula (N-2); Species

在式(I)中,RA〜RD獨立為氫或碳數i〜4的烷基;In the formula (I), RA to RD are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having a carbon number of i to 4;

(N-1) 在式(N-1)中,RE獨立為i價有機基; RF獨立為氫、1價有機基或鹵素;而且 Z是包含碳數1〜5的伸烷基的2價基;(N-1) In the formula (N-1), RE is independently an i-valent organic group; RF is independently hydrogen, a monovalent organic group or a halogen; and Z is a divalent group containing an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. base;

在式(N-2)中,RG獨立為i價有機基或鹵素; RH獨立為1價有機基; 201237065 40462pif m獨立為〇〜3的整數;而且 η為〇〜4的整數。 Ε [2]根據上述第[1]項所述的液晶配向劑’其中含有使 尺獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基,RF獨立為氫、碳數1〜3的烷 基二^、氯、或溴的式(N-1)所表示的二胺或含該二胺 的一胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生 物。 _ [3]根據上述第[1]項或第[2]項所述的液晶配向劑,其 中含有使在分子兩端的苯基中的各自的對位具有胺基的式 (N~l)所表示的二胺或含該二胺的二胺混合物與四羧酸 二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 [4]根據上述第[1]項至第[3]項中任一項所述的液晶 配向劑’其含有使選自下述式〜式(n-1-20)所 表示的一胺的群組的至少1種或含該二胺的二胺混合物與 四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; h2n—^ (N-l-1) H2N—^ ^^^ch2)h5j--Q)-nh2 (N-l-2) H2N—^ ^-/j-(ch2)3-/j-Qhnh2 (N-l-3) H2N—^ (N-l-4) H2N— (N-l-5) 9 20123706540462pifIn the formula (N-2), RG is independently an i-valent organic group or a halogen; RH is independently a monovalent organic group; 201237065 40462pif m is independently an integer of 〇~3; and η is an integer of 〇~4. [2] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [1], which contains an alkyl group having a size of 1 to 3 carbon atoms independently, and RF is independently hydrogen, carbon number 1 to 3 alkyl 2, chlorine Or a lysine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine represented by the formula (N-1) or a mixture of an amine containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [1] or [2], which contains the formula (N-1) in which the respective para positions in the phenyl groups at both ends of the molecule have an amine group. A polyamine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine or a diamine mixture containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. [4] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above [1] to [3], which contains an amine selected from the group consisting of the following formula: (n-1-20) Polylysine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting at least one of the group or a diamine mixture containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride; h2n-^(Nl-1) H2N-^^^^ch2) h5j--Q)-nh2 (Nl-2) H2N—^ ^-/j-(ch2)3-/j-Qhnh2 (Nl-3) H2N—^ (Nl-4) H2N—(Nl-5) 9 20123706540462pif

^_λ24η2)-^2-^-ι η2ν-^^-^-(〇η2)4-Λ-<^-ι-o-^ c _ 〒3H7 C3H7_H〇KN - c3H7 c3h7 C3H7 C3H7~〇~N^CH2)rN-〇^N^_λ24η2)-^2-^-ι η2ν-^^-^-(〇η2)4-Λ-<^-ι-o-^ c _ 〒3H7 C3H7_H〇KN - c3H7 c3h7 C3H7 C3H7~〇~N ^CH2)rN-〇^N

H2N h2n 2 h2n 2 2 h2n h2n h2n h2n c2h5 c2h 'j-(CH2)5-N C3H7 C3H7 j-ch2-n / C3H7 J-(CH2)irN- C3H7 J-(CH2)-N-H2N h2n 2 h2n 2 2 h2n h2n h2n h2n c2h5 c2h 'j-(CH2)5-N C3H7 C3H7 j-ch2-n / C3H7 J-(CH2)irN- C3H7 J-(CH2)-N-

22

h2 h2H2 h2

h2n 俨h7 C3H7 H2N—《》—N—(CH2)HMH2n 俨h7 C3H7 H2N—“—N—(CH2)HM

h2 h2 (N-l-6) (N-l-7) CN-1-8) (N-l-9) (N-l-10) (N-l-11) (N-l-12) (N-l-13) (N-l-14) (N-l-15) h2nH2 h2 (Nl-6) (Nl-7) CN-1-8) (Nl-9) (Nl-10) (Nl-11) (Nl-12) (Nl-13) (Nl-14) (Nl -15) h2n

(N-l-16)(N-l-16)

H2NH2N

(N-l-17) h2n(N-l-17) h2n

(N-l-18) h2n(N-l-18) h2n

H2 (N-l-19)H2 (N-l-19)

H2NH2N

(N-l-20) 201237065 40462pif [5] 根據上述第[1]項至第[4]項中任一項所述的液晶 配向劑,其中含有使RG獨立為碳數1〜1〇的烷基、碳數1 〜10的烷氧基、胺甲醯基、氟、氣、或溴,rh獨立為碳 數1〜3的烷基的式(N-2)所表示的二胺或含該二胺的二 胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 [6] 根據上述第[1]項至第[5]項中任一項所述的液晶 配向劑,其中含有使在分子兩端的苯基中的各自的對位具 有胺基的式(N-2)所表示的二胺或含該二胺的二胺混合 物與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 [7] 根據上述第[1]項至第[6]項中任一項所述的液晶 配向劑,其中含有使選自下述式(N-2-1)〜式(N-2-15) 所表示的二胺的群組的至少1種或含該二胺的二胺混合物 與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; 11 201237065 4U4bZpitThe liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the RG is independently an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å, a diamine represented by the formula (N-2) having a carbon number of 1 to 10, an alkoxy group, an aminomethyl sulfonyl group, a fluorine, a gas or a bromine, and rh is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or containing the same Polylysine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine mixture with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. [6] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above [1], wherein the formula (N-) which has an amine group in each of the phenyl groups at both ends of the molecule is contained. 2) Polyamine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine or a diamine mixture containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. [7] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above [1], wherein the composition is selected from the following formula (N-2-1) to (N-2-15). a polyglycine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting at least one of the groups of diamines or a diamine mixture containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride; 11 201237065 4U4bZpit

(N-2-1) (N-2-2) (N-2-3) (N-2-4) (N-2-5) (N-2-6) (N-2-7) (N-2-8) s 12 201237065 40462pif(N-2-1) (N-2-2) (N-2-3) (N-2-4) (N-2-5) (N-2-6) (N-2-7) ( N-2-8) s 12 201237065 40462pif

(N-2-9) (N-2-10) (N-2-11) (N-2-12) (N-2-13) (N-2-14) (N-2-15) [8]根據上述第[l]項至第[6]項中任一頊所述的文曰曰 配向劑’其中含有使上述第[7]項中所述的式及 式(N-2-2)所表示的二胺的至少1種或含該二胺的一胺混 合物與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 [9 ]根據上述第[丨]項至第[8 ]項中任一項所述的液晶 配向劑,其中含有使進一步包含選自下述式(ΠΙ)〜式(Ιχ) 及式(XV)所表示的二胺的群組的至少丨種的二胺混合物 13 201237065 40462pif 與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; H2N—A,—NH2id h2n’'~^nh2 h2n nh2 h2n^-^ 、nh2(N-2-9) (N-2-10) (N-2-11) (N-2-12) (N-2-13) (N-2-14) (N-2-15) [ (8) The hydrating alignment agent according to any one of the above items [1] to [6] which contains the formula and formula (N-2-2) described in the above item [7] And a derivative of at least one of the diamines or a mixture of the amines containing the diamine and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items, wherein the composition further comprises a formula selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (ΠΙ) to (Ιχ) and (XV) At least a mixture of diamines of the group of diamines represented by the group 13 201237065 40462pif Polyamic acid or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride; H2N-A, -NH2id h2n''~^nh2 H2n nh2 h2n^-^ , nh2

h2nH2n

(III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII) (IX) (XV) 在式(III)中,A1為-(CH2)m-,m為1〜6的整數; 在式(V)、式(VII)及式(IX)中,X是單鍵、-0·、 -S-、-s-s-、-S02-、-CO-、-NH-、-N(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、 -C(CF3)2-、-(CH2)m-、-0-(CH2)m-0-、或-S-(CH2)m-S-,m 為1〜6的整數; 在式(VII)中,L1及L2為-Η,但當X為-NH-、 -N(CH3)-、-CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、或-C(CF3)2-時也可以相互鍵(III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII) (IX) (XV) In the formula (III), A1 is -(CH2)m-, and m is an integer of 1 to 6; In (V), formula (VII) and formula (IX), X is a single bond, -0·, -S-, -ss-, -S02-, -CO-, -NH-, -N(CH3)- , -C(CH3)2-, -C(CF3)2-, -(CH2)m-, -0-(CH2)m-0-, or -S-(CH2)mS-, m is 1~6 In the formula (VII), L1 and L2 are -Η, but when X is -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -CH2-, -C(CH3)2-, or -C(CF3) 2-time can also be mutually

S 14 201237065 結而形成單鍵; 在式(VIII)及式(IX)中,Y 為單鍵、-0-、-S-、-C0-、 -C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、或碳數1〜3的伸烷基; 在式(XV)中,R33及R34獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基或 苯基;G獨立為碳數1〜6的伸烷基、伸苯基或被烷基取代 的伸苯基;m為1〜1〇的整數;而且 在上述各式中,環己烷環或苯環的-H也可以被-F、 -CH3、-OH、-COOH、_S03H、-Ρ03Η2、苄基、或羥基苄 基取代。 Π〇]根據上述第[1]項至第[9]項中任一項所述的液晶 西=向劑’其中含有使進一步包含具有侧鏈結構的二胺的二 胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 有側鍵結構的二胺是選自下述式(X)〜式(XIV) 所表示 的二胺的群組的至少丨種; [11]根據上述第[10]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,具S 14 201237065 forms a single bond; in formula (VIII) and formula (IX), Y is a single bond, -0-, -S-, -C0-, -C(CH3)2-, -C(CF3 2, or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 3; in the formula (XV), R33 and R34 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; and G is independently an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. a phenyl group or a phenyl group substituted by an alkyl group; m is an integer of 1 to 1 Å; and in the above formulas, the -H of the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring may also be -F, -CH3, -OH, -COOH, _S03H, -Ρ03Η2, benzyl, or hydroxybenzyl. The liquid crystal west-directing agent as described in any one of the above-mentioned items [1] to [9] which contains a diamine mixture and a tetracarboxylic acid which further comprise a diamine having a side chain structure. A poly-proline or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting an anhydride. The diamine having a side bond structure is at least one selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (X) to (XIV); [11] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [10] , among them,

在式(X)中, Z1是單鍵、 -CH2〇- n -〇ch2- > . 〜6的整數,玆铀检 丨-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、 -CF20-、_〇Cf2_、或 _(CH2)m_,m 為 i 該伸烷基中的任意-CH2-也可以被-Ο-、-CH= 15 201237065 40462pif CH-或-CeC-取代; R3是具有類固醇骨架的基、碳數3〜30的烷基、具有 碳數1〜30的烷基或碳數1〜30的烷氧基作為取代基的苯 基、或下述式(X-a)所表示的基,該碳數1〜30的烷基中 的任意-CHr也可以被-Ο-、-CH = CH-或-CeC-取代;In the formula (X), Z1 is a single bond, -CH2〇-n-〇ch2-> . an integer of ~6, uranium check-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH- -CF20-, _〇Cf2_, or _(CH2)m_,m is i Any -CH2- in the alkylene group may also be substituted by -Ο-, -CH= 15 201237065 40462pif CH- or -CeC-; R3 is a group having a steroid skeleton, an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms as a substituent, or the following formula (Xa) Any of the -CHr of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be substituted by -Ο-, -CH=CH- or -CeC-;

在式(X-a)中9 A2 及 A3 獨立為單鍵、-0-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、 -CH=CH-、或碳數1〜12的伸烧基,a及b獨立為〇〜4 的整數; 環B及環C獨立為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環已基、1,3-二噁烷-2,5-二基、嘧啶-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、萘-1,5-二基、萘-2,7-二基、或蒽-9,10-二基; R4及R5獨立為-F或CH3,f及g獨立為〇〜2的整數; R6是-F、-OH、-CN、碳數1〜30的烷基、碳數1〜30 的烷氧基、或碳數2〜30的烷氧基烷基,在這些烷基、烷 氧基、烷氧基烷基中,任意-H也可以被-F取代,任意-CHr 也可以被-CF2·或下述式(s)所表示的2價基取代; 201237065 40462pifIn the formula (Xa), 9 A2 and A3 are independently a single bond, -0-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-, or a carbon number of 1 to 12, a and b is independently an integer of 〇~4; and ring B and ring C are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl, pyrimidine- 2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl, naphthalene-1,5-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl, or fluoren-9,10-diyl; R4 and R5 are independently - F or CH3, f and g are independently an integer of 〇~2; R6 is -F, -OH, -CN, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 2~ Alkoxyalkyl group of 30, in these alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkoxyalkyl groups, any -H may be substituted by -F, and any -CHr may also be -CF2 or the following formula (s) Substituted by a divalent group; 201237065 40462pif

在式(S)中,R35及R36獨立為碳數卜3的炫基,m 為1〜6的整數; c、d及e獨立為〇〜3的整數,而且c + d+egl ;In the formula (S), R35 and R36 are independently a cyclyl group of carbon number 3, m is an integer of 1 to 6; c, d and e are independently an integer of 〇~3, and c + d+egl;

在式(XI)及式(XII)中, R7獨立為-H或-CH3 ; R8為-Η、碳數1〜20的烷基或碳數2〜20的烯基; Α4獨立為單鍵、_c〇-或-CH2·; 在式(XII)中, R9及R1G獨立為碳數1〜20的烷基或苯基; 17In the formula (XI) and the formula (XII), R7 is independently -H or -CH3; R8 is -Η, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Α4 is independently a single bond, _c〇- or -CH2·; In the formula (XII), R9 and R1G are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group;

201237065 4U40ZplI201237065 4U40ZplI

(XIII) (XIV) 在式(XIII)及式(XIV)中,A5獨立為-O-或碳數1 〜6的伸烧基; 在式(XIII)中,R11為-Η或碳數1〜30的烷基,該 烷基的任意-CH2-也可以被-0-、-CH = CH-或-C三C-取代; A6是單鍵或碳數1〜3的伸烷基; 環T是1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環已基; h為0或1 ; 在式(XIV)中,R12是碳數6〜22的烷基;而且 R13是碳數1〜22的烷基。 [12]根據上述第[1]項至第[11]項中任一項所述的液 晶配向劑,其中,進一步使用選自下述式(An-Ι)〜式 (An-6)所表示的化合物的群組的至少1種作為與二胺反 應的四羧酸二酐;(XIII) (XIV) In the formulae (XIII) and (XIV), A5 is independently -O- or a carbon number of 1 to 6; in the formula (XIII), R11 is -Η or a carbon number of 1 Any alkyl group of -30, the -CH2- of the alkyl group may also be substituted by -0-, -CH=CH- or -C-C-; A6 is a single bond or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 3; T is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-cyclohexylene; h is 0 or 1; in the formula (XIV), R12 is an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms; and R13 is a carbon number of 1~ 22 alkyl. [12] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above [1], wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent is further selected from the group consisting of the following formula (An-Ι) to (An-6). At least one of the groups of compounds is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride that reacts with a diamine;

18 S 201237065 40462pif18 S 201237065 40462pif

Ο Ο 〇Λυ1—G1—Υ^Ο ϊ Υ ο ο (Αη-2)Ο Ο 〇Λυ1—G1—Υ^Ο ϊ Υ ο ο (Αη-2)

在式(An-Ι )、式(Αη-4 )及式(Αη-5 )中,X1獨立 為單鍵或-CH2-; 在式(An-2)中’ G1為單鍵、碳數1〜20的伸貌基、 -CO-、-〇-、-S-、-SOr、-C(CH3)r、或-C(CF3)r ; 在式(An-2 )〜式(An-4 )中’Y1獨立為選自下述3 價基的群組的1種; > N-In the formula (An-Ι), formula (Αη-4) and formula (Αη-5), X1 is independently a single bond or -CH2-; in the formula (An-2), 'G1 is a single bond, carbon number 1 -20 of the appearance base, -CO-, -〇-, -S-, -SOr, -C(CH3)r, or -C(CF3)r; in the formula (An-2)~ (An-4 Wherein 'Y1 is independently one selected from the group consisting of the following three valent groups; > N-

X 在式(An-3)〜式(An_5)巾’環£表示碳數3〜1〇 的早環式烴的基或碳數6〜2〇義衫環趣的基,該基 的任意氫也可以被曱基、乙基或苯基取代; 201237065 40462pif 環上所連的鍵可以連結在構成環的任意碳 也可以連結在同-碳上; Λ 2個鍵 在式(An-6)中,X11為碳數2〜6的伸境基;X in the formula (An-3) ~ formula (An_5) towel 'ring £ represents the carbon number of 3 ~ 1 〇 of the early cyclic hydrocarbon base or carbon number 6 ~ 2 〇 Yi Yi ring, the base of any hydrogen It can also be substituted by thiol, ethyl or phenyl; 201237065 40462pif The bond attached to the ring can be attached to any carbon constituting the ring or to the same carbon; Λ 2 bonds in the formula (An-6) , X11 is a stretching base having a carbon number of 2 to 6;

Me表示曱基,而且,ph表示苯基。 [13]根據上述第⑴項至第[11]項中任一項所迷的 晶配向劑,其中,進一步使用選自下述式〇)、式(2) 式(5)〜式(7)及式(17)所表示的芳香族四緩酸二醉 的群組的至少丨種作為與二胺反應的四羧酸二酐;一酐Me represents a thiol group, and ph represents a phenyl group. [13] The crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above-mentioned items (1) to (11), wherein, further, a formula (2), a formula (2), a formula (5), and a formula (7) are further used. And at least one of the aromatic tetrazoic acid-inducing group represented by the formula (17) as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride which reacts with a diamine;

[14]根據上述第[丨]項至第[n]項中任一項所 晶配向劑,其中,進一步使用選自下述式(23 ) 、^[14] The crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above items [n] to [n], wherein, further, the following formula (23) is used,

式〜式〇9)、式(44)、式(49)及式A 紐^及脂職四魏二酐轉組的it 種作為與二胺反應的四叛酸二酐; 夕 201237065 4U462pifThe formula of the formula (44), the formula (49) and the formula A and the tetramine dianhydride of the lipid group are used as the four-rebel dianhydride reacted with the diamine; eve 201237065 4U462pif

曰[15]根據上述第[1]項至第[11]項中任一項所述的液 ,配向劑,其中,進一步使用選自上述第[13]項中所述的 芳香族四羧酸二酐的群組的至少1種、與選自上述第[14] 項中所述的脂環族四羧酸二酐及脂肪族四羧酸二酐的群組 的至少1種作為與二胺反應的四羧酸二酐。 [16] —種液晶配向劑,其混合有根據上述第[丨]項至 第[15]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑的至少2種。 [17] 根據上述第[1]項至第[16]項中任一項所述的液 晶配向劑’其中進一步包含選自經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺 化合物、環氧化合物、及矽烷偶合劑的至少1種。 [18] 根據上述第[17]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,經 烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物是選自由雙[4-(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1]庚烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基]甲烷、N,N,_間苯二 曱基-雙⑽丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、及 21 201237065The liquid, the alignment agent according to any one of the above items [1] to [11], wherein the aromatic tetracarboxylic acid selected from the above item [13] is further used. At least one of the group of the dianhydrides and at least one selected from the group consisting of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides described in the above [14] Reaction of tetracarboxylic dianhydride. [16] A liquid crystal alignment agent, which is a mixture of at least two of the liquid crystal alignment agents according to any one of the items [5] to [15]. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned [1] to [16] further comprising an alkenyl substituted imide compound, an epoxy compound, and a decane selected from the group consisting of an alkenyl group. At least one of the coupling agents. [18] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [17], wherein the alkenyl substituted ruthenium imine compound is selected from the group consisting of bis[4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptene_ 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)phenyl]methane, N,N,-m-phenylenedifluoryl-bis(10)propylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene Amine), and 21 201237065

4U40^piI N,N’-六亞曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2 21]庚_5务2,3.二致基酿 亞胺)所構成的群組的至少丨種。 [19] 根據上述第[17]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,經 稀基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物是雙[4_(稀丙基雙環[m] 庚-:5-烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺)苯基]甲烷。 [20] 根據上述第[17]項至第[19]項中任一項所述的液 晶=向劑,其中,包含相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的 總量而言為0.01 Wt%〜50 wt%的經烯基取代的耐地醯亞 胺化合物。 [21] 根據上述第[π]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,環 氧化合物是選自由N,N,N’,N,_四縮水甘油基_間苯二甲胺、 1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N,,N,_四 縮水甘油基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基曱烷、2_[4_(2,3環氧基丙氧 基)苯基]-2-[4-[l,l-雙[4-([2,3-環氧基丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯 基]丙烷、3,4-環氧環己烯基甲基_3,,4’_環氧環己烯羧酸 酯、N-苯基馬來醯亞胺-甲基丙稀酸縮水甘油醋共聚物、及 2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三曱氧基石夕烧所構成的群組的 至少1種。 [22] 根據上述第[Π]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,環 氧化合物是N,N,N’,N,-四縮水甘油基-4,4'_二胺基二苯基曱 烧或2-(3,4-ί衣氧基j展己基)乙基三曱氧基梦烧。 [23] 根據上述第[π]項、第[21]項或第[22]項所述的液 晶配向劑’其中’包含相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的 總量而言為1 wt%〜40 wt%的環氧化合物。At least one species of the group consisting of 4U40^piI N,N'-hexa-indenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2 21]hept-5,2,3 dibasic]. [19] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [17], wherein the dilute-substituted ruthenium imine compound is bis[4_(dipropylbicyclo[m]g-:-5-ene_2 , 3_dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl] methane. [Claim] The liquid crystal agent according to any one of the above [19], wherein the inclusion amount is 0.01 with respect to the total amount of the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof. Wt% to 50 wt% of an alkenyl-substituted ruthenium imine compound. [21] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [[pi]], wherein the epoxy compound is selected from the group consisting of N, N, N', N, _ tetraglycidyl_m-xylylenediamine, 1,3- Bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, N,N,N,,N,_tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylnonane, 2_[ 4-(2,3epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[l,l-bis[4-([2,3-epoxypropoxy]phenyl)]ethyl] Phenyl]propane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl-3,4'-epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate, N-phenylmaleimide-methyl propylene glycol glycidol At least one of the group consisting of a vinegar copolymer and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxylate. [22] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [Π], wherein the epoxy compound is N,N,N',N,-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene Burning or 2-(3,4-ί ethoxy hexyl) ethyl tributoxylate. [23] The liquid crystal alignment agent 'wherein' according to the above [π], [21] or [22] is contained in relation to the total amount of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof 1 wt% to 40 wt% of an epoxy compound.

22 S 201237065 HUHOZpil [24] 根據上述第[17]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,石夕 烧偶合劑是選自由乙稀基三曱氧基石夕烧、乙稀基三乙氧基 矽烧、Ν-(2·胺基乙基)_3_胺基丙基曱基二曱氧基矽烷、N_(2_ 胺基乙基)·3-胺基丙基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三 曱氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三曱 氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三曱氧 基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3_縮水甘油氧基丙基 三曱氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基曱基二曱氧基矽烷、 3-氯丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3_氣丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_ 曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3·酼基丙基三甲氧基 矽烷、N-(l,3_二曱基亞丁基)_3_(三乙氧基矽烷基)小丙基 胺、及Ν,Ν’-雙[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙基]乙二胺所構成的 群組的至少1種。 [25] 根據上述第[π]項所述的液晶配向劑,其中,矽 烧偶合劑是3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。 [26] 根據上述第[π]項、第[24]項或第[25]項所述的液 晶配向劑,其中,包含相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的 總量而言為0.1 wt%〜1〇 wt%的石夕烧偶合劑。 [27] —種光配向用液晶配向膜,其經由如下步驟而形 成:將上述第[1]項至第[26]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑 塗布於基板上的步驟,對塗附有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾 燥的步驟,對膜照射偏光紫外線的步驟。 [28] —種光配向用液晶配向膜,其經由如下步驟而形 成.將上述第[1]項至第[26]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑 23 201237065 4〇462pif ,布於基板_L的步驟’對塗附有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾 燥的步驟,對乾燥的膜照射偏光紫外線的步·驟,其次對該 膜進行加熱煅燒的步驟。 [29] —種光配向用液晶配向膜,其經由如下步驟而形 成.將上述第[1]項至第[Μ]項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑 ,布於基板上的步驟,對塗附有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾 燥的步驟,對乾燥的膜進行加熱煅燒的步驟,其次對該膜 照射偏光紫外線的步驟。 [30] —種液晶顯示元件,其具有上述第[27]項至第[29] 項中任一項所述的光配向用液晶配向膜。 [發明的效果] 通過本發明,能夠獲得具有電壓保持率高、離子量小、 殘留電荷少等電氣特性,且由於光照射的化學變化的感度良 好、液晶分子的配向性優異、透光率高的光配向膜。而且,能. 夠獲得具有該光配向膜的顯示特性優異的液晶顯示元件。 【實施方式】 本發明的液晶配向劑含有四羧酸二酐與二胺的反應 生成物’亦即聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。所述聚醯胺酸的衍生 物是指製成含有溶劑的後述的液晶配向劑時溶解於溶劑中 的成分,且在將該液晶配向劑製成後述的液晶配向膜時, 能夠形成以聚醯亞胺為主成分的液晶配向膜的成分。此種 聚醯胺酸的衍生物例如可列舉可溶性聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸 酯、及聚醯胺酸醯胺等,更具體而言可列舉:1 )聚醯胺酸 的所有胺基與羧基進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚醯亞胺、2)The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above item [17], wherein the ceramsite coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of ethylene tris oxide gas, and ethylene triethoxy oxime , Ν-(2.Aminoethyl)_3_aminopropylmercaptodimethoxydecane, N_(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxydecane, p-amino Phenyl trimethoxy decane, p-aminophenyl triethoxy decane, m-aminophenyl trimethoxy decane, m-aminophenyl triethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl trioxane Baseline, 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxyoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmercaptodimethoxydecane, 3-chloropropyl Methyldimethoxydecane, 3-propyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3·mercaptopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(l,3_ At least one of the group consisting of dimercaptobutylidene)_3_(triethoxydecylalkyl)propylamine, and hydrazine, Ν'-bis[3-(trimethoxydecyl)propyl]ethylenediamine 1 species. [25] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [[pi]], wherein the oxime coupling agent is 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane. [26] The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the above [[pi]], wherein the inclusion of the polyamine or a derivative thereof is 0.1 wt% ~ 1 〇 wt% of Shi Xi Shao coupling agent. [27] A liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, which is formed by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above [1] to [26] on a substrate, The step of heating and drying the substrate coated with the alignment agent, and irradiating the film with polarized ultraviolet rays. [28] A liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, which is formed by the liquid crystal alignment agent 23 201237065 4〇462pif according to any one of the above items [1] to [26]. Step of Substrate_L The step of heating and drying the substrate coated with the alignment agent, irradiating the dried film with a step of irradiating the ultraviolet ray, and then heating and baking the film. [29] A liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, which is formed by the following steps, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the above [1] to [5] is disposed on a substrate, The step of heating and drying the substrate coated with the alignment agent, the step of heating and calcining the dried film, and the step of irradiating the film with polarized ultraviolet rays. [30] A liquid crystal display element according to any one of the above [27], wherein the liquid alignment film for photoalignment according to any one of the above [27]. [Effect of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to obtain electrical characteristics such as high voltage holding ratio, small ion amount, and small residual charge, and the sensitivity of chemical change due to light irradiation is good, the alignment of liquid crystal molecules is excellent, and the light transmittance is high. Light alignment film. Further, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal display element having excellent display characteristics of the photoalignment film. [Embodiment] The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains a reaction product of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine, that is, polylysine or a derivative thereof. The derivative of the poly-proline is a component which is dissolved in a solvent when a liquid crystal alignment agent to be described later is used as a solvent, and when the liquid crystal alignment agent is formed into a liquid crystal alignment film to be described later, it can be formed into a polyfluorene. A component of a liquid crystal alignment film containing an imine as a main component. Examples of such a derivative of polylysine include soluble polyimine, polyphthalate, and polyamine amide, and more specifically, 1) all amine groups of polyglycine Polyimine which is formed by dehydration ring closure reaction with a carboxyl group, 2)

S 24 201237065 40462pif 部分地進行了脫水閉環反應而成的部分聚醯亞胺、3 )聚醯 胺酸的繞基被轉換為酯的聚酿胺酸酯、4)將四缓酸二酐化 合物中所含的酸二酐的一部分置換為有機二羧酸而進行反 應所得的聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物、以及5)該聚醯胺酸-聚醯胺共聚物的一部分或全部進行脫水閉環反應而成的聚 醯胺醯亞胺。所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可以是1種化合 物,也可以是2種以上。 所述四羧酸二酐包含下述式(I)所表示的四羧酸二酐。S 24 201237065 40462pif Partially carried out a dehydration ring-closing reaction of a partial polyimine, 3) a polyglycolic acid is converted into an ester polyarylamine, 4) a tetras-acid dianhydride compound Dehydrating a part or all of the poly-proline-polyamine copolymer obtained by replacing a part of the acid dianhydride with an organic dicarboxylic acid, and 5) the poly-proline-polyamide copolymer A polyamidoquinone imine formed by a ring closure reaction. The polyamic acid or a derivative thereof may be one type of compound or two or more types. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride contains a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (I).

將本發明的液晶配向劑塗附於基板上,通過預加熱而 使其乾燥後,介隔偏光板而照射紫外線的直線偏光,則與 偏光方向大致平行的聚合物主鏈中源自上述式(I)所示四 羧酸二酐的結構單元的環丁烷環產生光分解反應。由於與 偏光方向大致平行的聚合物的主鏈選擇性地分解,因此在 形成膜的聚合物的主鏈中,相對於所照射的紫外線的偏光 方向而言朝向大致直角方向的成分成為支配性成分。因 此,在對基板進行加熱使聚醯胺酸脫水、閉環而製成聚醯 亞胺膜後,使用該基板而組裝的單元中所注入的液晶組成 物的液晶分子,在相對於所照射的紫外線的偏光方向而言 為直角的方向上,長軸一致而配向。對膜照射紫外線的直 線偏光的步驟可以在用以聚醯亞胺化的加熱步驟之前進 25 201237065 40462pif 行,也可以在進行加熱而聚醯亞胺化之後進行。 式(I)中的RA〜RD獨立為氫或碳數1〜4的烷基。 碳數1〜4的烷基具體而言為曱基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、 正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基。ra〜rd優選為氫或曱基,更 優選為氫。 式(I)所表示的四羧酸二酐可以單獨使用1種化合 物,也可以混合使用2種以上。式(Ί)所表示的四羧酸二 酐也可以與其他的四羧酸二酐混合使用。此時的四羧酸二 酐的混合物中的式(I)所表示的四羧酸二酐可以10 wt% 以上的比例而使用,優選為50 wt%以上,更優選為80 wt% 以上。 所述二胺包含選自下述式(N-1)及式(N-2)所表示 的二胺的群組的至少1種。 h2nThe liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied onto a substrate, dried by preheating, and linearly polarized light that is irradiated with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate, and the polymer main chain substantially parallel to the polarizing direction is derived from the above formula ( The cyclobutane ring of the structural unit of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride shown in I) produces a photodecomposition reaction. Since the main chain of the polymer substantially parallel to the polarizing direction is selectively decomposed, the component oriented in a substantially right-angle direction with respect to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet ray to be irradiated becomes a dominant component in the main chain of the polymer forming the film. . Therefore, after the substrate is heated to dehydrate and close the polyamic acid to form a polyimide film, the liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal composition injected into the unit assembled using the substrate are irradiated with ultraviolet rays. The direction of the polarized light is in the direction of a right angle, and the long axis is aligned and aligned. The step of polarizing the film to ultraviolet light may be carried out before the heating step for polyimidization, or may be carried out after heating and polyimidization. RA to RD in the formula (I) are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is specifically a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group. Preferably, ra to rd is hydrogen or a mercapto group, and more preferably hydrogen. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (I) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (Ί) may also be used in combination with other tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (I) in the mixture of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride at this time may be used in a proportion of 10% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, and more preferably 80% by weight or more. The diamine contains at least one selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formula (N-1) and formula (N-2). H2n

(f)m (f)m (N-1) (N-2) 办 NH2 在式(N-1)中,RE獨立為1價有機基。在1價有機 基中,優選為烷基,優選為碳數1〜3的烷基。碳數1〜3 的烷基具體而言為曱基、乙基、正丙基、及異丙基,更優 26 201237065 40462pif 選為曱基。RF獨立為氫、1價有機基或鹵素。在1價有機 基中,優選為烷基,優選為碳數1〜3的烷基。碳數1〜3 的烷基具體而言為曱基、乙基、正丙基、及異丙基,更優 選為曱基。鹵素優選為氟、氣及溴。而且,這些中更優選 為氫。Z為包括碳數1〜5的伸烷基的2價基,優選為碳數 1〜5的伸烷基。分子兩端的苯基中的胺基的鍵結位置可任 意,優選為對位及間位,更優選為對位。 在式(N-2)中,RG獨立為1價有機基或鹵素。在1 價有機基中,優選為烷基、烷氧基及胺曱醯基。在碳數1 〜10的烷基中,更優選為碳數1〜4的烷基。碳數1〜4的 烷基具體而言為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、 異丁基、及第三丁基,更優選為曱基。在碳數1〜10的烷 氧基中,更優選為碳數1〜4的烷氧基。碳數1〜4的烷氧 基具體而言為曱氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正 丁氧基、異丁氧基、及第三丁氧基,更優選為甲氧基。鹵 素優選為氟、氣及溴。RH獨立為1價有機基。在1價有機 基中,優選為烷基,更優選為碳數1〜3的烷基。碳數1〜 3的烷基具體而言為曱基、乙基、正丙基、及異丙基,更 優選為曱基。m獨立為0〜3的整數。當m是選自1〜3的 整數的情況時,優選為1〜2,更優選為1。優選m為0或 1。當m為2或3時,RG可以相同也可以不同。η為0〜4 的整數。當η是選自1〜4的整數的情況時,優選為1〜2, 更優選為1。η優選為0或1,更優選為0。分子兩端的苯 基中的胺基的鍵結位置可任意,優選為對位及間位,更優 27 201237065 40462pif 選為對位。 式(N-1)所表示的二胺的具體例是下述式(N-l-1) 〜式(N-1-20)所表示的化合物。 h2n ( ch3 ch(f) m (f) m (N-1) (N-2) NH2 In the formula (N-1), RE is independently a monovalent organic group. Among the monovalent organic groups, an alkyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is specifically a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, and an isopropyl group, and more preferably 26 201237065 40462pif is selected as a mercapto group. RF is independently hydrogen, a monovalent organic group or a halogen. Among the monovalent organic groups, an alkyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is specifically a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, and an isopropyl group, and more preferably an anthracenyl group. The halogen is preferably fluorine, gas and bromine. Further, among these, hydrogen is more preferable. Z is a divalent group including an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The bonding position of the amine group in the phenyl group at both ends of the molecule may be arbitrary, preferably a para position and a meta position, and more preferably a para position. In the formula (N-2), RG is independently a monovalent organic group or a halogen. Among the monovalent organic groups, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group and an amine fluorenyl group are preferred. Among the alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is specifically a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group, and more preferably a mercapto group. Among the alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable. The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is specifically a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group, a n-propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, and a third butoxy group, and more preferably It is a methoxy group. The halogens are preferably fluorine, gas and bromine. RH is independently a monovalent organic group. Among the monovalent organic groups, an alkyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferred. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is specifically a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, and an isopropyl group, and more preferably an anthracenyl group. m is independently an integer of 0 to 3. When m is an integer selected from 1 to 3, it is preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1. Preferably m is 0 or 1. When m is 2 or 3, RG may be the same or different. η is an integer from 0 to 4. When η is an integer selected from 1 to 4, it is preferably 1 to 2, and more preferably 1. η is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. The bonding position of the amine group in the phenyl group at both ends of the molecule may be arbitrary, preferably in the para position and the meta position, and more preferably 27 201237065 40462pif is selected as the para position. Specific examples of the diamine represented by the formula (N-1) are compounds represented by the following formula (N-1-1) to the formula (N-1-20). H2n ( ch3 ch

N-CHN-CH

h2 (N-l-1) h2nH2 (N-l-1) h2n

CH3 CH^/=\ N-(CH2)-N—NH2 (N-1-2) h2nCH3 CH^/=\ N-(CH2)-N-NH2 (N-1-2) h2n

CH3 CH I n-(ch2 h2 (N-l-3) h2nCH3 CH I n-(ch2 h2 (N-l-3) h2n

h2nH2n

ch3 9H -(ch2 ch3 ch I n—(ch2)Ch3 9H -(ch2 ch3 ch I n—(ch2)

h2 (N-l-4)H2 (N-l-4)

h2 (N-1-5) h2nH2 (N-1-5) h2n

c2h5 -ch2 h2nC2h5 -ch2 h2n

C2H5 ____ -(CH2)2-fsJ—NH2C2H5 ____ -(CH2)2-fsJ-NH2

C2H5 H2N-^^~N-(CH2)5~N-—N 2 2 (N-l-6) (N-l-1) (N-l-8) (N-l-9) (N-l-10) 201237065 40462pif C3H7 C3H7 (Ν-1-11) H2N—^ N—CH2~N~^ NH2 __ 〒3H7 C3H7_ H2N~^^-^_(CH2)2'^IH0-NH2 (Ν-1-12) χ=>. ^3Η? ?3Η^=\ Η2Ν—Ν-(CH2)3~Ν-^~~^—ΝΗ2 (Ν-1-13) c3h7 c3h7 η2ν~^~^~Ν-(CHq-Ν-^~^~ΝΗ2 (Ν-1-14) 〒3Η7 C3H7_ η2Ν—(CH2)^—νη2 (Ν-1-15) Η2Ν~^~^一(Ν-1-16) Η2Ν—(CH2)2—^~^~~ΝΗ2 (Ν-1-17) JH2 (N-l-18) η2ν 乂)η^η〇Η〇η2)3-^~^η^~ν 卜C2H5 H2N-^^~N-(CH2)5~N--N 2 2 (Nl-6) (Nl-1) (Nl-8) (Nl-9) (Nl-10) 201237065 40462pif C3H7 C3H7 (Ν -1-11) H2N—^ N—CH2~N~^ NH2 __ 〒3H7 C3H7_ H2N~^^-^_(CH2)2'^IH0-NH2 (Ν-1-12) χ=>. ^3Η ??3Η^=\ Η2Ν—Ν-(CH2)3~Ν-^~~^—ΝΗ2 (Ν-1-13) c3h7 c3h7 η2ν~^~^~Ν-(CHq-Ν-^~^~ΝΗ2 (Ν-1-14) 〒3Η7 C3H7_ η2Ν—(CH2)^—νη2 (Ν-1-15) Η2Ν~^~^一(Ν-1-16) Η2Ν—(CH2)2—^~^~~ ΝΗ2 (Ν-1-17) JH2 (Nl-18) η2ν 乂)η^η〇Η〇η2)3-^~^η^~ν

Η2 (Ν-1-20) 式(Ν-2)所表示的二胺的具體例是下述式(Ν-2-1) 〜式(Ν-2-15)所表示的化合物。 29 20123706540462pifΗ2 (Ν-1-20) A specific example of the diamine represented by the formula (Ν-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (Ν-2-1) to (Formula-2-15). 29 20123706540462pif

(N-2-1) (N-2-2) (N-2-3) (N-2-4) (N-2-5) (N-2-6) (N-2-7) (N-2-8) 30 201237065 40462pif(N-2-1) (N-2-2) (N-2-3) (N-2-4) (N-2-5) (N-2-6) (N-2-7) ( N-2-8) 30 201237065 40462pif

(N-2-9) (N-2-10) (N-2-11) (N-2-12) (N-2-13) (N-2-14) (N-2-15) 上述具體例中優選為式(N-l-2)、式(njj)及式 (N-2-2)所表示的二胺。 、印式(N-1)所表示的二胺及式(N_2)所表示的二胺可 以單獨使用1種化合物,也可以混合使用2種以上。式 (N_l)所表示的二胺及式(N2)所表示的二胺也可以與 f他二胺混合使用。此時的二胺混合物中的式(Μ)所 不的-胺及式(N-2)所表示的二胺以 10 wt%以上的比 31 201237065 例而使用 可以7 歳上’更優選為80 wt%以上。 胺、所表示的二胺及式(Ν·2)所表示的二 減合·的其他二胺例如可列舉不具側鏈結構的二胺及 具有側鏈結構的二胺。此種其他二胺可以是丨種化合物, 也可以是2種以上化合物。 本發明的液晶配向劑例如可以優選用於如IPS模式這 樣的使液晶分子與基板平行地配向並利用電場使其動作的 方式的液晶顯示元件中。在此種情況時,無須使液晶分子 相對於基板面而具有預傾角,因此優選使用不具側鏈結構 的二胺作為其他二胺。 不具侧鏈結構的二胺是選自下述式(III)〜式(IX) 及式(XV)所表示的二胺的群組的至少1種。(N-2-9) (N-2-10) (N-2-11) (N-2-12) (N-2-13) (N-2-14) (N-2-15) In a specific example, a diamine represented by the formula (Nl-2), the formula (njj), and the formula (N-2-2) is preferred. The diamine represented by the formula (N-1) and the diamine represented by the formula (N_2) may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The diamine represented by the formula (N-1) and the diamine represented by the formula (N2) may also be used in combination with the f-diamine. In the diamine mixture, the -amine represented by the formula (N) and the diamine represented by the formula (N-2) are used in a ratio of 10 wt% or more to 31 201237065, and may be used for 7 歳, more preferably 80. More than wt%. Examples of the amine, the diamine represented by the diamine, and the other diamine represented by the formula (Ν·2) include a diamine having no side chain structure and a diamine having a side chain structure. Such other diamine may be an anthracene compound or two or more compounds. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be preferably used, for example, in a liquid crystal display device in which a liquid crystal molecule is aligned in parallel with a substrate and operated by an electric field, such as an IPS mode. In this case, it is not necessary to have the liquid crystal molecules have a pretilt angle with respect to the substrate surface, and therefore it is preferred to use a diamine having no side chain structure as the other diamine. The diamine having no side chain structure is at least one selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (III) to (IX) and (XV).

S 32 201237065S 32 201237065

I v I H2N—A’—NH2i〇~x_0-I v I H2N—A’—NH2i〇~x_0-

H2N"n~^NH H2N nh2 h2n^-^nh2H2N"n~^NH H2N nh2 h2n^-^nh2

0^γνγΌΝΗ2 h2n0^γνγΌΝΗ2 h2n

(III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII) (IX) (XV) 在式(III)中,A1是-(CH2)m-,m為1〜6的整數。在 式(V)、式(VII)及式(IX)中,X是單鍵、-Ο-、-S-、 -S-S-、-S〇2-、-CO-、-NH-、-N(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、 -(CH2)m-、-0-(CH2)m-0-、或-S-(CH2)m-S-,m 為 1〜6 的整 數。在式(VII)中,L1 及 L2 是-H,但當 X 為-NH-、-N(CH3)-、 -CH2-、-C(CH3)2-、或-C(CF3)2-時也可以相互鍵結而形成單 鍵。在式(VIII)及式(IX)中,Y是單鍵、-o-、-s-、-co-、 -C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、或碳數1〜3的伸烷基。在式(XV) 中,R33及R34獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基或苯基,G獨立為 33 201237065 40462pif 碳數1〜6的伸烷基、伸苯基或經烷基取代的伸苯基’瓜為 1〜10的整數。而且,在上述各式中,環己烷環或苯環的 -H 也可以被-F、-CH3、-OH、-COOH、-SO3H、-P〇3H2、 苄基、或羥基苄基取代。 式(III)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(III-1)〜 式(III-3)所表示的二胺。 H2N-<CH2)2—NH2 H2N-<CH2)4—NH2 h2N—(CH2)6—nh2 (III-l) (III-2) (m.3) 式(iv)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(iv_i)、 式(IV-2)所表示的二胺。(III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII) (IX) (XV) In the formula (III), A1 is -(CH2)m-, and m is an integer of 1 to 6. In formula (V), formula (VII) and formula (IX), X is a single bond, -Ο-, -S-, -SS-, -S〇2-, -CO-, -NH-, -N (CH3)-, -C(CH3)2-, -C(CF3)2-, -(CH2)m-, -0-(CH2)m-0-, or -S-(CH2)mS-,m An integer from 1 to 6. In the formula (VII), L1 and L2 are -H, but when X is -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -CH2-, -C(CH3)2-, or -C(CF3)2- It is also possible to bond to each other to form a single bond. In the formulae (VIII) and (IX), Y is a single bond, -o-, -s-, -co-, -C(CH3)2-, -C(CF3)2-, or a carbon number of 1~ 3 alkyl groups. In the formula (XV), R33 and R34 are independently an alkyl group or a phenyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and G is independently 33. 201237065 40462pif an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 6, a phenyl group or an alkyl group. Phenyl 'guar is an integer from 1 to 10. Further, in the above formulae, the -H of the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring may be substituted by -F, -CH3, -OH, -COOH, -SO3H, -P〇3H2, benzyl or hydroxybenzyl. Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (III) include diamines represented by the following formulas (III-1) to (III-3). H2N-<CH2)2-NH2 H2N-<CH2)4-NH2 h2N-(CH2)6-nh2 (III-l) (III-2) (m.3) Diamine represented by formula (iv) For example, a diamine represented by the following formula (iv_i) and formula (IV-2) can be mentioned.

式(v)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(v_ (V-3)所表示的二胺。 工The diamine represented by the formula (v) is, for example, a diamine represented by the following formula (v_(V-3).

CH, 列舉下述式(VI-1) 式(VI)所表示的二胺例如可 式(VI-17)所表示的二胺。 34 20123706540462pif h2n_CH, which is represented by the following formula (VI-1): The diamine represented by the formula (VI) is, for example, a diamine represented by the formula (VI-17). 34 20123706540462pif h2n_

η2νΛΝΗ2 (VI-1) (VI-2) OHη2νΛΝΗ2 (VI-1) (VI-2) OH

H2H2

H2H2

PHPH

H2N~Ss // ~NH2H2N~Ss // ~NH2

Hz iS h2n^^^nh2 (VI-6)Hz iS h2n^^^nh2 (VI-6)

(VI-7)(VI-7)

H2Ah2 (VI-8)H2Ah2 (VI-8)

(VM6) CF3 ΗζΝ—~NHz (Vl-17) 式(VII)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(VII-1) 〜式(VII-36)所表示的二胺。 35 201237065 40462pif H2NjOTxNH2 (VII-1)(VM6) CF3 ΗζΝ-~NHz (Vl-17) The diamine represented by the following formula (VII-1) to the formula (VII-36) is exemplified as the diamine represented by the formula (VII). 35 201237065 40462pif H2NjOTxNH2 (VII-1)

(VII-4)(VII-4)

36 201237065 40462pif36 201237065 40462pif

(VII-30) (VII-28)(VII-30) (VII-28)

(VII-29)(VII-29)

HO OHHO OH

(VII-31) (VII-32) OH H /=\ /^X r hzn-\_m>-nh2 j uxa HO^ H〆 \^'nh2 (VII-34) (VII-35) (VII-33)(VII-31) (VII-32) OH H /=\ /^X r hzn-\_m>-nh2 j uxa HO^ H〆\^'nh2 (VII-34) (VII-35) (VII-33 )

式(VIII)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(VIII-1) 〜式(VIII-6)所表示的二胺。 37 201237065 40462pifExamples of the diamine represented by the formula (VIII) include diamines represented by the following formulas (VIII-1) to (VIII-6). 37 201237065 40462pif

式(IX)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(IX-l)〜 式(IX-16)所表示的二胺。The diamine represented by the formula (IX) is, for example, a diamine represented by the following formula (IX-1) to (IX-16).

38 S 201237065 40462pif h2n38 S 201237065 40462pif h2n

(IX-l) nh2(IX-l) nh2

(ΙΧ·2)(ΙΧ·2)

nh2Nh2

(IX-10) (CH2)6 Η2Ν^〇Ό^σΝΗ2(IX-10) (CH2)6 Η2Ν^〇Ό^σΝΗ2

nh2 h2n (IX-11)Nh2 h2n (IX-11)

(IX-12)(IX-12)

式(XV)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(XV-1) 所表示的化合物。 9h3 ?h3 H2N-C3H6-Si-〇-S 卜 C3H6-NH2 ch3 ch3 (XV-1) 39 201237065 40462pif 本發明的液晶配㈣也可叫液晶分子必須相對於 2面:言ί有預傾角的例如则式等液晶顯示元件中 Ϊ Γ二H形時’也可以於式(Ν-1)所表示的二胺及 式(Ν-2)所表示的:胺中混合具有側鏈結構的二胺而使 用。而且’當欲適宜調整預傾角時,也可以於式(⑹) 所表示的二胺及式⑽)所表示的二胺中混合所述不具 側鏈結構的二胺與具有側舰構的二胺此兩者而使用。 具有侧鏈結構的二胺是選自下述式(X)〜式(XIV) 所表示的二胺的群組的至少丨種。 R3 (X) Λ Η2Ν-ΐ^ΓΝΗ2 在式(X)中, Ζ1 是單鍵、-〇-、_c〇-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、 -CH20-、-〇CH2-、-CF20_、_〇CF2·、或-(CH2)m-,m 是 1 〜6的整數’該伸烷基中的任意_CH2_也可以被_〇_、_CH = CH-或-CsC-取代; R3是具有類固醇骨架的基、碳數3〜30的烷基、具有 碳數1〜30的烷基或碳數1〜3〇的烷氧基作為取代基的苯 基、或下述式(X-a)所表示的基,該碳數1〜30的烷基中 的任意-CH2-也可以被_〇_、_ch=CH-或-CeC-取代; 201237065The diamine represented by the formula (XV) is, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (XV-1). 9h3 ?h3 H2N-C3H6-Si-〇-S Bu C3H6-NH2 ch3 ch3 (XV-1) 39 201237065 40462pif The liquid crystal of the present invention (4) may also be called liquid crystal molecules must be relative to two sides: for example, a pretilt angle In the liquid crystal display device of the formula, the Ϊ Γ H H shape can also be represented by a diamine represented by the formula (Ν-1) and a diamine having a side chain structure represented by the formula (Ν-2): use. Further, when the pretilt angle is to be appropriately adjusted, the diamine having no side chain structure and the diamine having a side flank may be mixed in the diamine represented by the formula ((6)) and the diamine represented by the formula (10)). Use both. The diamine having a side chain structure is at least one selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (X) to (XIV). R3 (X) Λ Η2Ν-ΐ^ΓΝΗ2 In the formula (X), Ζ1 is a single bond, -〇-, _c〇-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH20-, -〇CH2- , -CF20_, _〇CF2·, or -(CH2)m-, m is an integer from 1 to 6 ' Any _CH2_ in the alkyl group can also be _〇_, _CH = CH- or -CsC- R3 is a group having a steroid skeleton, an alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms as a substituent, or the following formula The group represented by (Xa), any -CH2- of the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms may be substituted by _〇_, _ch=CH- or -CeC-; 201237065

在式(X-a)中, A2 及 A3 獨立為單鍵、-Ο-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、 -CH=CH-、或碳數1〜12的伸烷基,a及b獨立為0〜4 的整數; 環B及環C獨立為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環已基、1,3-二0惡烧-2,5-二基、^密咬^^-二基〜^比咬^:-二基’奈-!^-二基、奈-2,7-二基、或葱-9,10-二基, R4及R5獨立為-F或CH3,f及g獨立為0〜2的整數; R6是-F、-OH、-CN、碳數1〜30的烷基、碳數1〜30 的烷氧基、或碳數2〜30的烷氧基烷基,在這些烷基、烷 氧基、烷氧基烷基中,任意-H也可以被-F取代,任意-CH2-也可以被-CF2-或下述式(s)所表示的2價基取代; f \ R35 1 •T °7 1 —Si—— I (s) R36 L R36 在式(s)中,R35及R36獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基,m 為1〜6的整數; c、d及e獨立為0〜3的整數,而且,c + d+egl。 41 201237065 -τν/τν^μΑί·In the formula (Xa), A2 and A3 are independently a single bond, -Ο-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-, or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a and b is independently an integer of 0 to 4; ring B and ring C are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxoxa-2,5-diyl, ^ Bite ^^-diyl~^ than bite ^:-diyl'na-!^-diyl, naphthalene-2,7-diyl, or onion-9,10-diyl, R4 and R5 are independently - F or CH3, f and g are independently an integer of 0 to 2; R6 is -F, -OH, -CN, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 2~ 30 alkoxyalkyl group, in these alkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl groups, any -H may also be substituted by -F, any -CH2- may also be -CF2- or the following formula (s Substituted by a divalent group; f \ R35 1 • T °7 1 —Si — I (s) R36 L R36 In the formula (s), R35 and R36 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. m is an integer of 1 to 6; c, d and e are independently integers of 0 to 3, and c + d + egl. 41 201237065 -τν/τν^μΑί·

在式(XI)及(XII)中, R7獨立為-Η或-CH3 ; R8是-Η、碳數1〜20的烷基或碳數2〜20的烯基; Α4獨立為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2-; 在式(XII)中, R9及R1G獨立為碳數1〜20的烷基或苯基。In the formulae (XI) and (XII), R7 is independently -Η or -CH3; R8 is -Η, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Α4 is independently a single bond, - CO- or -CH2-; In the formula (XII), R9 and R1G are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.

S 42 201237065 X/ 、^ ▲^上 R11 A6S 42 201237065 X/ , ^ ▲ ^ on R11 A6

在式(XIII)及式(XIV)中,A5獨立為-Ο-或碳數1 〜6的伸烷基; 在式(XIII)中,R11是-Η或碳數1〜30的烷基,該 烷基的任意-CH2-也可以被-Ο-、-CH=CH-或-CeC-取代; A6是單鍵或碳數1〜3的伸烷基; 環T是1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環已基; h為0或1 ; 在式(XR〇中,R12是碳數6〜22的烷基;而且, R13是碳數1〜22的烷基。 式(X)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(X-1)〜式 (X-37)及式(X-38)〜式(X-43)所表示的二胺。 43 201237065 40462pifIn the formula (XIII) and the formula (XIV), A5 is independently -Ο- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in the formula (XIII), R11 is -anthracene or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Any -CH2- of the alkyl group may also be substituted by -Ο-, -CH=CH- or -CeC-; A6 is a single bond or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 3; Or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group; h is 0 or 1; in the formula (XR〇, R12 is an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms; and, R13 is an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. Examples of the diamine represented by X) include a diamine represented by the following formula (X-1) to formula (X-37) and a formula (X-38) to (X-43): 43 201237065 40462pif

24twenty four

24twenty four

在式(X-l)〜式(X-ll)中,R23優選為碳數1〜30 的烷基或碳數1〜30的烷氧基,更優選為碳數5〜25的烷 基或碳數5〜25的烷氧基。而且,R24優選為碳數1〜30 的烷基或碳數1〜30的烷氧基,更優選為碳數3〜25的烷 基或碳數3〜25的烷氧基。 44 201237065 40462pifIn the formula (X1) to the formula (X-ll), R23 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 5 to 25 carbon atoms or a carbon number. 5 to 25 alkoxy groups. Further, R24 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms. 44 201237065 40462pif

(Χ·16) (X-17) 在式(X-12)〜式(X-17)中,R25優選為碳數4〜30 的烷基,更優選為碳數6〜25的烷基。在式(X-16)及式 (X-17)中,R26優選為碳數6〜30的烷基,更優選為碳 數8〜25的烷基。 45 201237065(X16) (X-17) In the formula (X-12) to the formula (X-17), R25 is preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms. In the formula (X-16) and the formula (X-17), R26 is preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 8 to 25 carbon atoms. 45 201237065

(X-21)(X-21)

(X-24) (X-22)(X-24) (X-22)

(X-27)(X-27)

46 201237065 40462pif46 201237065 40462pif

(X-29) (X-30)(X-29) (X-30)

在式(X-18)〜式(X-37)中,R27優選為碳數l〜3〇 的烷基或碳數1〜30的烷氧基,更優選為碳數3〜25的烷 基或碳數3〜25的烧氧基。而且,R28優選為、-F、碳數 1〜30的烧基、碳數1〜30的烧氧基、-CN、-〇CH2F、-OCHF2 或_OCF3,更優選為後數3〜25的烧基或碳數3〜25的烧 氧基。 201237065 HUHUZ-piJ.In the formula (X-18) to the formula (X-37), R27 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms. Or alkoxy groups having a carbon number of 3 to 25. Further, R28 is preferably -F, a carbon number of 1 to 30, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, -CN, -〇CH2F, -OCHF2 or _OCF3, more preferably 3 to 25 An alkyl group having a burning group or a carbon number of 3 to 25. 201237065 HUHUZ-piJ.

式(X)所表示的二胺優選為式(X1)〜式(χ_η) 所表示的二胺,更優選為式(χ·2)及式(Χ4)〜式(Χ6) 所表示的二胺。 在式(XI)所表示的 --------妝甲,1愛選在式(XI〕中 固NHzPh-A-O-的其中―個鍵結於類固醇骨架的3 L另::f Γ 6 I立上。而且,2個胺基分別綱 " ’#於A的鍵結位置而言鍵結於間位或_The diamine represented by the formula (X) is preferably a diamine represented by the formula (X1) to the formula (χ_η), more preferably a diamine represented by the formula (χ·2) and the formula (Χ4) to the formula (Χ6). . In the formula (XI) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 I stand up. Moreover, the two amine groups are respectively linked to the position of the bond position of A or

S 48 201237065 40462pif 上。 式(XI)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(XI-1)〜 式(XI-4 )所表不的二胺。S 48 201237065 40462pif. The diamine represented by the formula (XI) is, for example, a diamine represented by the following formula (XI-1) to formula (XI-4).

在式(XII)所表示的二胺中,在式(XII)中,2個 “NH2-(R1C)-)Ph-A4-0-”分別鍵結於苯基上,但優選相對於鍵 結有類固醇骨架的碳而言鍵結於間位或對位的碳上。而 且,2個胺基分別鍵結於苯基上,但優選相對於A4而言鍵 結於間位或對位上。 式(XII)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(XII-1) 〜式(XII-8)所表示的二胺。 49 201237065 40462pifIn the diamine represented by the formula (XII), in the formula (XII), two "NH2-(R1C)-)Ph-A4-0-" are bonded to the phenyl group, respectively, but preferably with respect to the bond. The carbon with a steroid skeleton is bonded to the meta or para carbon. Further, the two amine groups are bonded to the phenyl group, respectively, but it is preferably bonded to the meta or para position with respect to A4. Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (XII) include a diamine represented by the following formula (XII-1) to the formula (XII-8). 49 201237065 40462pif

50 s50 s

201237065 HUHOZpiI201237065 HUHOZpiI

51 20123706551 201237065

nh2 在式(XIII)所表示的二胺中,在式(XIII)中,2個 胺基分別鍵結於苯基上,但優選相對於A5而言鍵結於間位 或對位上。 式(XIII)所表示的二胺例如可列舉下述式(XIII-1) 〜式(XIII-8)所表示的二胺。Nh2 In the diamine represented by the formula (XIII), in the formula (XIII), two amine groups are bonded to the phenyl group, respectively, but it is preferably bonded to the meta or para position with respect to A5. Examples of the diamine represented by the formula (XIII) include a diamine represented by the following formula (XIII-1) to (XIII-8).

S 52 201237065 R29S 52 201237065 R29

(ΧΠΙ-1) (ΧΠΙ-2) (ΧΠΙ-3) (ΧΠΙ-4) (ΧΙΠ-5) 53 201237065 40462pif(ΧΠΙ-1) (ΧΠΙ-2) (ΧΠΙ-3) (ΧΠΙ-4) (ΧΙΠ-5) 53 201237065 40462pif

(ΧΠΙ-8) 在式(XIII-l)〜式(XIII-3)中,R29優選為-H、碳 數1〜30的烷基或碳數1〜30的烷氧基,更優選為碳數3 〜30的烷基或碳數3〜30的烷氧基。而且,在式(XIII-4) 〜式(XIII-8)中,R3G優選為-H、碳數1〜30的烷基或碳 數1〜30的烷氧基,更優選為碳數3〜30的烷基或碳數3 〜30的烧氧基。 在式(XIV)所表示的二胺中,在式(XIV)中,2(ΧΠΙ-8) In the formula (XIII-1) to the formula (XIII-3), R29 is preferably -H, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon. A number of 3 to 30 alkyl groups or a carbon number of 3 to 30 alkoxy groups. Further, in the formula (XIII-4) to the formula (XIII-8), R3G is preferably -H, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms. 30 alkyl or an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 3 to 30. In the diamine represented by the formula (XIV), in the formula (XIV), 2

54 S 201237065 40462pit 個胺基分別鍵結於苯基上,但優選相對於A5而嗲鍵結於間 位或對位上。 式(XIV)所表示的二胺例如可列舉γ述式(XIV-1) 〜式(XIV-3 )所表示的二胺。54 S 201237065 40462pit amine groups are bonded to the phenyl group, respectively, but are preferably bonded to the meta or para position relative to A5. The diamine represented by the formula (XIV) is, for example, a diamine represented by the formula (XIV-1) to the formula (XIV-3).

η2ν (Xiv-i)Η2ν (Xiv-i)

(XIV-2)(XIV-2)

在式(XIV-1)〜式(χΙν_3)中,r31優選為碳數6 〜22的烷基,更優選為碳數6〜20的烷基。R32優選為_H 或碳數1〜22的烷基,更優選為碳數丨〜⑺的烷基。 具有側鏈結構的二胺優選為選自式(χ_2)、式(χ·4) 〜式(Χ-6)、式(ΧΙΙΙ-2)、式(χιπ_4)及式(xnu) 所表示的化合物的至少1種。 本發明中的其他二胺也可以使用前述的式(111)〜式 (IX)、式(XV)及式(X)〜式(XIV)所表示的二胺 以外的二胺。此種其他二胺例如可列舉具有萘結構的萘系 二胺、具有第結構的第系二胺、及式(νίπ)〜式(ΧΙΙ) 55 201237065 --· —r — 以外的具有側鏈結構的二胺。 其他二胺例如可列舉下述式(丨’)〜式(8’)所表示 的化合物。In the formula (XIV-1) to the formula (χΙν_3), r31 is preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. R32 is preferably an alkyl group having _H or a carbon number of 1 to 22, and more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~(7). The diamine having a side chain structure is preferably a compound represented by the formula (χ_2), the formula (χ·4) ~ ((-6), the formula (ΧΙΙΙ-2), the formula (χιπ_4), and the formula (xnu). At least one of them. The other diamine in the present invention may be a diamine other than the diamine represented by the above formula (111) to formula (IX), formula (XV) and formula (X) to formula (XIV). Examples of such other diamines include a naphthalene type diamine having a naphthalene structure, a first type diamine having a first structure, and a side chain structure other than the formula (νίπ)~(() 55 201237065-·-r — Diamine. Examples of the other diamines include compounds represented by the following formulas (丨') to (8').

- R3S R3vf /R3S η^-〇^〇^νη2 (1.) (2·) O')- R3S R3vf /R3S η^-〇^〇^νη2 (1.) (2·) O')

碳數3^3(^絲式(η中’⑼及心分.地表示 作為所述其他二胺,可 中的聚醯胺酸的二胺中,以構成本發明的液晶配向劑 範圍内使用。 焉及本發明的效果的程度的 作為所述其他二胺,可以在 。 的比率為40 mol°/。以下的範圍,—胺中單胺相對於二胺 胺。此種置換可?丨起生成’將二胺的一部分置換為單 (termination),可抑制更谁—醆時的聚合反應的終止 步的聚合反應的進行。因The number of carbon atoms is 3^3 (^ in the form of a liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, which is represented by the above-mentioned diamine in the diamine which is the polyamine of the other diamine. The ratio of the effect of the present invention to the degree of the other diamine may be 40 mol / or less, and the monoamine in the amine may be relative to the diamine. The formation of a polymerization reaction in which the termination step of the polymerization reaction is carried out by replacing a part of the diamine with a single termination.

S 56 201237065 40462pif 此,可通過此種置換而容易地控制所得的聚合物(聚酿胺 酸或其柯生物)的分子量,例如可不損及本發明的效果地 改善液晶配向_ ”雜。被置換鱗 損及本發明的效果,則可以是—種也可以是兩彻 述單胺例如可列舉苯胺、4_減苯胺、環己胺、正丁胺、 正戊胺、正己胺、正庚胺、正辛胺、正壬胺、正癸胺、正 =烷基胺、正十二烷基胺、正十三烷基胺、正十四烷基 胺正十五烷基胺、正十六烷基胺、正十七烷基胺、正十 八烷基胺、及正二十烷基胺。 在本么明中,與式(J)所表示的四叛酸二酐混合使用 矣、=四叛酸二軒是選自下述式(a〜 表不的化合物的群組的至少i種。S 56 201237065 40462pif Thus, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer (polylactoic acid or its coke bio) can be easily controlled by such substitution, and for example, the liquid crystal alignment can be improved without impairing the effects of the present invention. The scale damage and the effect of the present invention may be, for example, an aniline, a 4-anisidine, a cyclohexylamine, a n-butylamine, a n-pentylamine, a n-hexylamine or an n-heptylamine. N-octylamine, n-decylamine, n-decylamine, n-alkylamine, n-dodecylamine, n-tridecylamine, n-tetradecylamine n-pentadecylamine, n-hexadecyl Amine, n-heptadecylamine, n-octadecylamine, and n-icosylamine. In the present invention, mixed with tetrahydro acid dianhydride represented by formula (J), 四, = four rebellion The acid dianthracene is at least one selected from the group consisting of the following formula (a).

Vx1xH〇 (An-1)°γγ1<!>(An-3) A ° Υ ϊ 〇 ο (Αη-2) ΟVx1xH〇 (An-1)°γγ1<!>(An-3) A ° Υ ϊ 〇 ο (Αη-2) Ο

ΟΟ

(Αη-4) Ph(Αη-4) Ph

(An-5)(An-5)

Ph ph \ Ph 9〇:Ph ph \ Ph 9〇:

Mev 〇- χΐν -SiMev 〇- χΐν -Si

AA

Si: ,X11-Si: , X11-

MeMe

Ph Ph (An-6) O (0 57 201237065 在式(An-1)、式(An_4)及式(A 為單鍵或-CH2-; 獨立 m在^ (Μ 2)巾G疋單鍵、碳數1〜2G的伸燒基、 --、-〇-、、-S〇2-、-C(CH3)2·、或-C(CF3)2_; 在式(An-2)〜式Un_4)中,γ1獨立為選自 價基的群組的1種; 谷-b- > N-Ph Ph (An-6) O (0 57 201237065 in formula (An-1), formula (An_4) and formula (A is a single bond or -CH2-; independent m in ^ (Μ 2) towel G疋 single bond, An exothermic group having a carbon number of 1 to 2 G, --, -〇-, -S〇2-, -C(CH3)2·, or -C(CF3)2_; in the formula (An-2) to the formula Un_4 Wherein γ1 is independently one selected from the group of valence groups; valley-b- > N-

X 的任意氣也可以被曱基、二式㈣基,該基 也可連結在構細任意碳上,2個鍵 在式(An-6)中,;χ·ΐι法Any gas of X may also be a sulfhydryl group or a di(4) group, which may also be bonded to a fine carbon of a structure, and two bonds are in the formula (An-6);

Me表干甲其而 為飯數2〜6的伸烷基; j.. "而且Ph表示苯基。 其他四羧酸二酐可 上化合物。所述四_ 1種化合物,也可以是2種以 酐、脂環族四羧酸二酐、〜,可大致分為芳香族四鲮酸二 烷系四綾醆二酐。 、知肪族四羧酸二酐、及倍半矽氧 芳香族四羧酸二酐3 至少—個是由鍵結於芳香9如下的化合物:兩個酸酐中的 、晋鵠化合物上的兩個羧基所形成的 58 201237065 40462pif 酸酐。所述芳香族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉下述式(1 )〜式 (18)所表示的化合物。 Ο Ο 0 0 0The Me table is dry and the alkyl group is 2~6; j.. " and Ph represents phenyl. Other tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can be used as compounds. The above-mentioned four kinds of compounds may be classified into two types of an anhydride, an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like, and may be roughly classified into an aromatic tetradecanoic acid tetradecane dianhydride. At least one of the two compounds which are bonded to the aromatic 9 as follows: The carboxyl group formed by 58 201237065 40462pif anhydride. The aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride may, for example, be a compound represented by the following formulas (1) to (18). Ο Ο 0 0 0

59 201237065 40462pif59 201237065 40462pif

所述芳香族四羧酸二酐優選為式(1)、式(2)、式 (5)〜式(7)及式(Π)所表示的化合物,更優選為式 (1 )所表示的化合物。 脂環族四羧酸二酐是指如下的化合物:2個酸酐中的 至少1個是由鍵結於脂環族化合物上的兩個缓基所形成的 酸酐。所述脂環族四叛酸二酐例如可列舉下述式(24)〜 式(34)、式(36)〜式(40)、式(42) ~式(44)及 式(49)〜式(58)、及式(62)〜式(64)所表示的化 合物。 201237065 40462pifThe aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the formula (1), the formula (2), the formula (5) to the formula (7), and a formula (1), and more preferably represented by the formula (1). Compound. The alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride refers to a compound in which at least one of the two acid anhydrides is an acid anhydride formed by two slow groups bonded to the alicyclic compound. Examples of the alicyclic tetra-baric acid dianhydride include the following formulas (24) to (34), formula (36) to formula (40), formula (42) to formula (44), and formula (49). A compound represented by the formula (58) and the formula (62) to the formula (64). 201237065 40462pif

(31) (32) (33)(31) (32) (33)

61 201237065 40462pif61 201237065 40462pif

脂環族四羧酸二酐優選為式(25)、式(36)〜式(39)、 式(44)、式(49)、及式(68)所表示的化合物,更優 選為所述式(37)及式(49)所表示的化合物。 脂肪族四羧酸二酐是具有兩個由鍵結於脂肪族化合 物上的兩個羧基所形成的酸酐的化合物。所述脂肪族四羧 酸二酐例如可列舉下述式(23)、式(45)〜式(48)、 式(66)、式(67)、及式(68)所表示的化合物。 62 201237065The alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the formula (25), the formula (36) to the formula (39), the formula (44), the formula (49), and the formula (68), and more preferably A compound represented by the formula (37) and the formula (49). The aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is a compound having two acid anhydrides formed by two carboxyl groups bonded to an aliphatic compound. Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride include compounds represented by the following formula (23), formula (45) to formula (48), formula (66), formula (67), and formula (68). 62 201237065

脂肪族四羧酸二酐優選為式(23)及式(68)所表示 的化合物。 四羧酸二酐也可以將其一部分置換為二羧酸單酐。此 種置換可引起生成聚醯胺酸時的聚合反應的終止,可抑制 更進一步的聚合反應的進行。因此,可藉由此種置換而容 易地控制所得的聚合物(聚醯胺酸或其衍生物)的分子量, 例如可不損及本發明的效果地改善液晶配向劑的塗布特 性。二羧酸單酐相對於四羧酸二酐的比率只要是不損及本 發明的效果的範圍即可,標準優選設為總四羧酸二酐量的 10 mol%以下。被置換為二羧酸單酐的四羧酸二酐只要不 損及本發明的效果,則可以是1種也可以是2種以上。所 述二羧酸單酐例如可列舉馬來酸酐、鄰苯二曱酸酐、衣康 63 201237065 40462pif 酉文酐、正癸基琥珀酸酐、正十二烷基琥珀酸酐、正十四烷 基琥珀酸酐、正十六烷基琥珀酸酐、及環己烷二羧酸酐。 …作為四羧酸二酐,可以在二羧酸相對於四羧酸二酐的 比率為10 m〇l%以下的範圍内,將四羧酸二酐的一部分置 換為二缓酸。被置換為二羧酸的四羧酸二酐只要不損及本 發明的效果’則可以是1種也可以是2種以上。 本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,也可以於其單體中進 一步包含單異氰酸酯化合物。藉由於單體中包含單異氰酸 醋化合物’所得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的末端得到改質, 分子量得到調節。藉由使用該末端改質型聚醯胺酸或其衍 生物’例如可不損及本發明的效果地改善液晶配向劑的塗 布特性。自所述觀點考慮’單體中的單異氰酸酯化合物的 含量優選為相對於單體中的二胺及四羧酸二酐的總量而言 為1 mol%〜10 mol%。所述單異氰酸酯化合物例如可列舉 異氰酸苯酯以及異氰酸萘酯。 本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可以與聚醯亞胺膜的 形成中所使用的公知的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物同樣地製造。 優選四羧酸二酐的總添加量與二胺的總莫耳數大致等莫耳 (莫耳比為0.9〜1.1左右)。 以聚苯乙婦換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)計,本發 明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的分子量優選為10,000〜 500,000 ’更優選為20,000〜200,000。所述聚酿胺酸或其 衍生物的分子量可根據凝膠滲透色譜(GPC)法的測定而 求出。 64 201237065 40462pif 本發明的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物可藉由如下方式而確 認其存在:利用IR、NMR對以大量的貧溶劑使其沉澱而 得固形物進行分析。而且,用KOH或NaOH等強鹼的水 溶液而使所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物分解,用GC、HPLC或 GC-MS對用有機溶劑從該分解物萃取的萃取物進行分 析,由此可綠定所使用的單體。 本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進一步含有所述聚醯胺 酸或其衍生物以外的其他成分。其他成分可以是1種也可 以是2種以上。 例如,自使液晶顯示元件的電氣特性長期穩定的觀點 考慮’本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進一步含有經烯基取代 的耐地醯亞胺化合物。經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物可 以是1種化合物,也可以是2種以上的化合物。自上述觀 點考慮,以相對於液晶配向劑中的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的 重量比計而言,經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物的含量優 選為0.01〜1.00,更優選為0.01〜〇 70,進一步更優選為 〇 〇1 〜0.50 〇 經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物優選為可溶解於如 下溶劑的化合物,所述溶劑是溶解本發明中所使用的聚醯 胺酸或其衍生物的溶劑。此種經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化 合物的例子可列舉下述式(Ina)所表示的化合物。 65 201237065 40462pifThe aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably a compound represented by the formula (23) and the formula (68). The tetracarboxylic dianhydride may also be substituted with a part of the dicarboxylic acid monoanhydride. Such substitution can cause termination of the polymerization reaction in the formation of poly-proline, and can inhibit the progress of further polymerization. Therefore, the molecular weight of the obtained polymer (polyglycine or a derivative thereof) can be easily controlled by such substitution, and the coating property of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved, for example, without impairing the effects of the present invention. The ratio of the dicarboxylic acid monoanhydride to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the effects of the present invention, and the standard is preferably 10 mol% or less of the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride which is substituted with the dicarboxylic acid monoanhydride may be one type or two or more types as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Examples of the dicarboxylic acid monoanhydride include maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, Yikang 63 201237065 40462pif oxime anhydride, n-decyl succinic anhydride, n-dodecyl succinic anhydride, n-tetradecyl succinic anhydride , n-hexadecyl succinic anhydride, and cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride. As the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, a part of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be replaced with a di-lower acid in a range of 10 m% or less of the dicarboxylic acid to the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride which is substituted with the dicarboxylic acid may be one type or two or more types as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. The poly-proline or a derivative thereof of the present invention may further contain a monoisocyanate compound in its monomer. The molecular weight is adjusted by the modification of the terminal of the polyamic acid or the derivative thereof obtained by containing the monoisocyanate compound in the monomer. By using the terminal modified polyglycine or a derivative thereof, for example, the coating properties of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be improved without impairing the effects of the present invention. From the viewpoint of the above, the content of the monoisocyanate compound in the monomer is preferably from 1 mol% to 10 mol% based on the total amount of the diamine and the tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the monomer. Examples of the monoisocyanate compound include phenyl isocyanate and naphthyl isocyanate. The poly-proline or the derivative thereof of the present invention can be produced in the same manner as the known polyglycine or a derivative thereof used for the formation of the polyimide film. Preferably, the total addition amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is approximately equal to the total number of moles of the diamine (the molar ratio is about 0.9 to 1.1). The molecular weight of the polyaminic acid or its derivative of the present invention is preferably 10,000 to 500,000 ', more preferably 20,000 to 200,000, based on the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene. The molecular weight of the poly-araminic acid or its derivative can be determined by measurement by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method. 64 201237065 40462pif The poly-proline or the derivative thereof of the present invention can be confirmed by the fact that it is precipitated by a large amount of a poor solvent by IR or NMR to obtain a solid matter for analysis. Further, the poly-proline or a derivative thereof is decomposed with an aqueous solution of a strong base such as KOH or NaOH, and the extract extracted from the decomposition product with an organic solvent is analyzed by GC, HPLC or GC-MS. The monomer used can be green. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain other components than the polyamine or its derivative. The other components may be one type or two or more types. For example, from the viewpoint of stabilizing the electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an alkenyl substituted imide compound. The alkenyl substituted imide compound may be one type of compound or two or more types of compounds. From the above viewpoints, the content of the alkenyl-substituted ruthenium imine compound is preferably 0.01 to 1.00, more preferably in terms of the weight ratio of the polyaminic acid or the derivative thereof in the liquid crystal alignment agent. 0.01 to 〇70, further more preferably 〇〇1 to 0.50 The alkenyl substituted imide compound is preferably a compound which is soluble in a solvent which dissolves the polyamine used in the present invention. A solvent for an acid or a derivative thereof. The compound represented by the following formula (Ina) is exemplified as an example of such an alkenyl-substituted quinone imine compound. 65 201237065 40462pif

的烧ί式(Ina)中’ LlA L2分別獨立為氫、石炭數1〜l 节基數的烯基、碳數5〜8的環烧基、編 崎1或4 2。 稀基當=日寺,W表示碳數1〜12的燒基、碳數2〜 1基:數5〜8的環錄、碳數6〜12的芳基、节基 烧基(f〇)r_Z3_H (Zl、〜Z3獨立為碳數2〜6的十 :q 或而且rW〜30的整數)所表示的基 〜8的佔阶4及Z5獨立為碳數1〜4的伸烧基或碳數 的伸環絲,B為伸苯基,而且8為GW)所表料 ^ -B_H (B 為伸苯基,而且 T 為-CH2-、-C(CH3)2- 二,、_S·或S(V)所表示的基、或這些基的1個〜 個虱被羥基取代而成的基。 此時,優選的W是碳數1〜8的烧基、碳數3〜4的 烯基、環己基、苯基、节基、碳數4〜1〇的聚(伸乙基氧基) 乙基、苯基氧絲基、苯基甲絲基、苯基異亞丙基苯基、 及這些基的1個或2個氫被羥基取代而成的基。 在式(Ina)中,當n = 2時,w為碳數2〜2〇的伸烷 基、碳數5〜8的伸環烷基、碳數6〜12的亞芳基、In the calcined formula (Ina), 'LlA L2 is independently hydrogen, an alkenyl group having a base number of 1 to 1 knot, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 8, and a chiral 1 or 4 2 . Dilute base = Japanese temple, W denotes a carbon number of 1 to 12, a carbon number of 2 to 1 group: a ring number of 5 to 8, an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12, and a base group (f〇) r_Z3_H (Zl, ~Z3 are independently carbons of 2 to 6: q or an integer of rW~30), and the bases of 8 to 8 are independent of carbon atoms of 1 to 4 or carbon. Number of stretched wire, B is phenyl, and 8 is GW). ^ -B_H (B is phenyl), and T is -CH2-, -C(CH3)2-, _S· or A group represented by S(V) or a group in which one to one of these groups is substituted with a hydroxyl group. In this case, preferred W is a carbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and an alkenyl group having 3 to 4 carbon atoms. a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a poly(ethylideneoxy)ethyl group having a carbon number of 4 to 1 fluorene, a phenyloxysilyl group, a phenylmethyl group, a phenylisopropylidenephenyl group, and A group in which one or two hydrogens of these groups are substituted by a hydroxyl group. In the formula (Ina), when n = 2, w is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å, and a carbon number of 5 to 8 a cycloalkyl group, an arylene group having a carbon number of 6 to 12,

66 S 201237065 4U4D2pir (ζ» 1麵如上舰)所表示 立土 -Β-Ζ-(Ζ、Ζ5及Β的含義如上所述)所表示的 ^ (〇_B)s-T_(B-〇)s-B- (Β表示伸苯基,Τ為碳數1〜3 的伸烧基、_〇_或s〇2_ ’s為0或ο所表示的基、或這些 基的1個〜3個氫被羥基取代而成的基。 此時’優選的W是碳數2〜12的伸烷基、伸環已基、 伸苯基、曱代亞苯基(toIylene)、苯二甲基(物、 -C3H6-0-(Z2-〇)r〇-C3H6- (Z2為碳數2〜6的伸烧基,犷為1 或2)所表示的基、_Β_Τ·Β_(Β表示伸苯基,而且丁表示 -CH%、-〇-或 s〇2-)所表示的基、_b 〇 b C3H6 Β 〇 Β (Β 為伸苯基)所表㈣基、及這些基的丨個或2個氫被經基 取代而成的基。 此種經稀基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物例如可如曰本 專利第2729565號公報中所記載那樣,使用經烯基取代的 耐地酸酐衍生物與二胺在8(rc〜22(rc的溫度下保持〇 5 小時〜20小時而合成所得的化合物或者市售的化合物。經 嫦基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物的具體例可列舉如下所示的 化合物。 N-曱基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺、N-曱基·烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞 胺、N·曱基-曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚·5·烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞 胺、Ν-曱基-甲基烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2 ^庚^•婦_2,3_二羧基 醯亞胺、Ν-〇乙基己基)-烯丙基雙環 羧基醯亞胺、 67 201237065 40462pif N-(2-乙基己基)-烯丙基(曱基)雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_ 二羧基醯亞胺、N-烯丙基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3· 二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-烯丙基-烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二繞基醯亞胺、Ν-稀丙基-曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_ 烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-異丙烯基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_ 稀·2,3-二叛基酿亞胺、Ν-異丙稀基-稀丙基(曱基)雙環[2 2 1] 庚-5-稀-2,3-二叛基酿亞胺、Ν-異丙稀基_曱基稀丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-稀-2,3-二叛基酿亞胺、Ν-環己基-烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚_5_稀_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-環己基_烯丙基(甲基) 雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-環己基-曱基稀丙 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、队苯基-烯丙基雙 環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 Ν-笨基-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚·5_烯_2,3_二缓基 醯亞胺、Ν-节基-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基酿亞 胺、N-f基-婦丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺、N-节基-曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺、N-(2-羥基乙基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚烯_2,3_二緩基 醯亞胺、N-(2-經基乙基)-烯丙基(曱基)雙環[2.2.1]庚_5·稀 二缓基醯亞胺、N-(2-經基乙基)-曱基稀丙基雙環[2 2 1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(2,2-二曱基-3-羥基丙基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5-歸 _2,3_二叛基酼亞胺、N-(2,2·二曱基_3,經基丙基)_烯丙基(甲 基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二緩基醢亞胺、N-(2,3-二經基丙 基)-婦丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二敌基酿亞胺、队(2,3_ 68 201237065 二羥基丙基)-烯丙基(曱基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基 醯亞胺、N-(3-羥基-1-丙烯基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基環己基)-烯丙基(曱基)雙環 [2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(4-羥基苯基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基 醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基苯基)-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基笨基)-曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基苯基)-曱基烯丙基甲 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(3-羥基苯基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-(3-羥基苯 基)-烯丙基(曱基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-(對羥基苄基)-烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺、Ν·{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基卜烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二叛基酿亞胺、 Ν-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基卜烯丙基(曱基)雙環[2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-甲 基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、:ν_{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基}-曱基烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-[2-{2-(2·羥基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]_ 烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-[2_{2-(2- 經基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙基]-烯丙基(甲基)雙環[2 2 ^庚净 烯·2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、Ν-[2-{2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙氧基}乙 基]-曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺、 Ν-{4-(4-羥基苯基異亞丙基)苯基}-烯丙基雙環[2 2丨]庚_5_ 69 201237065 40462pif 烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、N-{4-(4-羥基苯基異亞丙基)苯基}-烯丙基(曱基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺、 N-{4-(4-羥基苯基異亞丙基)苯基卜甲基烯丙基雙環[2 2 庚-5-烯-2,3-二綾基醯亞胺、及這些的寡聚物、 N,N’-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2 2 烯_2,3·二羧基 醯亞胺)、N,NM申乙基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯 -2,3-二叛基醯亞胺)、n,n,-伸乙基-雙(甲基烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-稀-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,_三亞曱基雙(稀丙 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、n,N,-六亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六 亞甲基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2 2丨]庚_5_烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞 胺)、N,N’-十二亞曱基-雙(婦丙基雙環[2 2 ^庚5婦_2,3_二 羧基醯亞胺)、N,N’·十二亞曱基_雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2 21] 庚-5-烯-2,3·二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,_伸環已基_雙(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烤-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,伸環已基雙(烯丙 基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二叛基醯亞胺)、 I2-雙叫烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺)丙氧基}乙烧、1,2_雙{3,侦丙基曱基雙環[2 2H5_ 烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基}乙烷、丨,2雙{3,(曱基烯丙基 雙裱[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基丨乙烷、雙 烯丙基雙環[⑵谈士稀处二絲醯亞胺)丙氧 基}乙基]驗、雙[2,-{3,_(婦丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5普2,3-一羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基丨乙基]醚、丨,4雙{3,(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙氧基丨丁烷、丨,4雙 201237065 40462pif P'-(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)丙 氧基} 丁烷、 N,N’-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧 基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,_間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-間伸苯基-雙(稀丙 基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、忱>^-{(1-曱 基)-2,4-伸苯基}-雙(稀丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基 酿亞胺)、Ν,Ν,·對苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3_二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,Ν,-對苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3·二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-間苯二曱基·雙(烯 丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,·間苯二曱 基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯 亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2_ 雙[4-{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2 21]庚_5_烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺) 笨氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}曱烷、雙{4-(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基丨曱烷、 雙{4-(曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2·1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺)苯基}曱烷、雙{4-(曱基烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}曱烷、雙{4_(稀丙基雙環[2 2 ^庚 -5-烯·2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}醚、雙《4-(烯丙基曱基雙環 71 201237065 40462pif [2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}鍵 基雙環庚·5-烯-2,3-二叛基醯亞胺)笨基 丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)笨基丨砜、雔 卜(稀丙基曱基雙環3二缓基醯亞胺)苯& 石風、 (f基稀丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚·5·烯Ί二誠醯亞 胺)本基}石風、W雙(烯丙基雙環[2_2.1]庚-5_烯_2,3_二羧基 =亞胺)趣基_M、U2_雙(曱基烯丙基雙環[2D庚·5_ =,3-二敌基醯亞胺)_3,6_二錄·十二炫、u雙(稀丙基 又壤[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)5_經基_環己烷、15_ ^{3’-(婦丙基魏絲酿亞胺)丙氧 基卜3_故基·戊院、Μ·雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚J鲁2,3_二 羧基醯亞胺)_2-羥基-苯、 , M·雙W丙基曱基雙環[2_2.lm_5·烯_2,3_二減酿亞 一減-苯、N,N,_對(2_經基)苯二甲基-雙(稀丙基雙 衣【..1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、;^]^_對(2_纟基)|一 甲^-雙(烯丙基甲基卿·狀领办二^基^胺本;: N,N_間(2-經基)苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[221]庚_5歸 _,3_二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,_間(2_羥基)苯二曱基-雙(曱基烯 丙基又環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二緩基酿亞胺)、凡]^丨-對(2 3- 二羥基)苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[221]庚·5_烯'3二叛’基 醯亞胺)、 2,2-雙[4_{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.21]庚_5烯_2,3•二羧基醯 亞胺)-2-羥基-苯氧基}笨基]丙烷、雙{4 (烯丙基甲基雙環 72 201237065 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-2-羥基-苯基}曱烷、雙 {3-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)-4-羥基-苯基}醚、雙{3-(曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基 醯亞胺)-5-羥基-苯基}颯、1,1,1-三{4-(烯丙基曱基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)}苯氧曱基丙烷、N,N’,N"-三(伸乙基曱基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺)異三聚氰酸酯、及這些的寡聚物等。 另外,本發明中所使用的經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化 合物也可以是包含不對稱的伸烷基-伸苯基的下述式所表 示的化合物。66 S 201237065 4U4D2pir (ζ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ^ ^ ^ B ^ ^ ^ ^ B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B sB- (Β denotes a phenyl group, Τ is a carbon number 1 to 3 extension group, _〇_ or s〇2_ 's is a base represented by 0 or ο, or 1 to 3 hydrogens of these groups are a group obtained by substituting a hydroxy group. At this time, 'preferred W is an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a stretched hexyl group, a phenyl group, a phenylene group (toIylene), a benzene dimethyl group (a substance, - C3H6-0-(Z2-〇)r〇-C3H6- (Z2 is a stretching group of carbon number 2~6, 犷 is 1 or 2), _Β_Τ·Β_(Β indicates phenylene, and The group represented by -CH%, -〇- or s〇2-), _b 〇b C3H6 Β 〇Β (Β is a phenyl group), and the two or two hydrogens of these groups are A group substituted with a dilute group. For example, as described in Japanese Patent No. 2729565, an alkenyl-substituted carboxylic acid anhydride derivative and a diamine can be used. 8 (rc~22 (the compound obtained by synthesizing 〇 for 5 hours to 20 hours at rc temperature or commercially available) Specific examples of the thiol-substituted ruthenium-imine compound include the following compounds: N-mercapto-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl Yttrium imine, N-fluorenyl allyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N. fluorenyl-hydrazinopropyl bicyclo [2.2. 1]g·5·ene 2,3—dicarboxy quinone imine, fluorenyl-fluorenyl-methylallyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2 ^g ^•women-2,3_dicarboxy quinone imine, hydrazine - 〇ethylhexyl)-allyl bicyclic carboxy quinone imine, 67 201237065 40462pif N-(2-ethylhexyl)-allyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3_ Dicarboxy quinone imine, N-allyl-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene 2,3 · dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-allyl-allyl fluorenyl double ring [2.2.1]Hept-5-ene-2,3-dicycloheximide, fluorene-dilyl-decylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl Yttrium imine, oxime-isopropenyl-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] g _5_ dilute 2,3-di-refenyl imine, Ν-isopropyl-dilyl (fluorenyl) bicyclo [2 2 1] G--5-rare-2,3-di-reborn, imine-isopropenyl-hydrazinyl-propylbicyclo[2.2.1] g--5 - dilute-2,3-di-reactive iodide, fluorene-cyclohexyl-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] g _5_ dilute _2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-cyclohexyl olefin Propyl (methyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, fluorene-cyclohexyl-fluorenyl propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene - 2,3-Dicarboxy quinone imine, phenyl-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-styl-allyl (methyl Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3_disuccinimide, fluorenyl-allyl-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl Imineimine, Nf-propyl-propylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-nodyl-mercaptopropyl double ring [2.2.1] Hg-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptene_2,3_disuccinimide, N -(2-transethylethyl)-allyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]glycol-5-dihydrosulphate, N-(2-ylethylethyl)-fluorenyl Bicyclo[2 2 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(2,2-dimercapto-3-hydroxypropyl)-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] Gg _5-return _2,3_di-rebel quinone imine, N-(2,2·didecyl-3, propylidene)-allyl ( Methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-disulfhydrylimine, N-(2,3-dipropylpropyl)-propylpropylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-diluted-2,3-dihydrofuranimide, team (2,3_68 201237065 dihydroxypropyl)-allyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-Dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(3-hydroxy-1-propenyl)-allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(4 -hydroxycyclohexyl)-allyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-allylbicyclo[ 2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-allyl(methyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2 , 3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-mercaptopropyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(4 -hydroxyphenyl)-mercaptoallylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine, N-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-allylbicyclo[ 2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine, N-(3-hydroxyphenyl)-allyl(indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene_2 , 3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-(p-hydroxybenzyl)-allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, hydrazine {2-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)ethylbuallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di-rebasic imine, Ν-{2-(2-hydroxyethyl) Oxy)ethylbuallyl (indenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarminemine, Ν-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl }-Methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, :ν_{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl}-decyl ally Base bisbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-[2-{2-(2.hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl]-ene Propylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-[2_{2-(2-carbethoxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl]-allyl (Methyl)bicyclo[2 2 ^heptene·2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-[2-{2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy}ethyl]-fluorenyl Allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, Ν-{4-(4-hydroxyphenylisopropylidene)phenyl}-allyl bicyclo [ 2 2丨]g]_5_ 69 201237065 40462pif ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-{4-(4-hydroxyphenylisopropylidene)phenyl}-allyl (fluorenyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] H--5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine, N-{4-(4-hydroxyphenyl iso-Asia Phenyl methallyl bicyclo [2 2 hept-5-ene-2,3-dimercaptoquinone imine, and oligomers thereof, N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(allyl bicyclol) [2 2 ene 2,3 · dicarboxy quinone imine), N, NM exemplified ethyl-bis (allyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di- ruthenium imine ), n, n, -Extended ethyl-bis(methallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-lean-2,3-dicarboxyindolide), N,N,_trientylene (Ledylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), n,N,-hexamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane- 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-hexamethylene-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2 2丨]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl醯imino), N, N'-dodedecyl-bis (propyl propyl bicyclo [2 2 ^ g 5 women_2, 3 - dicarboxy quinone imine), N, N' · dodecanthine Base _ bis (allylmethyl bicyclo [2 21] hept-5-ene-2,3 · dicarboxy quinone imine), N, N, _ ring hexyl bis (allyl bicyclo [2.2. 1] G-5-baked-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N, Cyclohexyl bis(allylhydrylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3- Two bismuth imines), I2-double Propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) propoxy} ethene, 1,2 bis {3, propyl propyl bicyclo [2 2H 5 ene - 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) propoxy}ethane, hydrazine, 2 bis{3, (mercaptopropyl bismuth [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy fluorene Imine) propoxy oxirane, bisallyl bicyclo [(2) 士士稀丝丝醯iimide) propoxy}ethyl] test, double [2,-{3,_(propyl propyl) Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5P2,3-carboxycarboxyimine)propoxy oxime ethyl]ether, hydrazine, 4 bis{3, (allylbicyclo[2.2.1] g-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) propoxy oxetane, hydrazine, 4 pairs 201237065 40462pif P'-(allyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3 -dicarboxy quinone imine) propoxy}butane, N,N'-p-phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarmine ), hydrazine, hydrazine, - p-phenylene-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, _ benzene Base-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), fluorene, fluorene,-inter)phenyl-bis(l-propyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-ene-2,3- Carboxylimine), 忱>^-{(1-indenyl)-2,4-phenylene}-bis(dipropylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-di Carboxyanimine), hydrazine, hydrazine, p-phenylenediyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarmine), ν, Ν, - P-Phenyldiyl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3·dicarboxyindolide), anthracene, fluorene,-m-phenylenedifluoryl bis(ene) Propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-rare-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, m-phenylenedifluoryl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene Imine)phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine Phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2_bis[4-{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2 21]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarenimine) }Phenyl]propane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)phenyl}decane, bis{4-(allyl Indenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenimido)phenylnonane, bis{4-(decylene) Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenyl}decane, bis{4-(decylallylhydrylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)phenyl}decane, bis{4_(dilylbicyclo[2 2 ^hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinolinimine)phenyl} Ether, bis 4-(allylhydrazinobicyclo 71 201237065 40462pif [2.2.1]hept-5-ene_2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)phenyl}bonded bicyclohepta-5-ene-2 , 3-di-resinimide) phenylpropyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl sulfone, hydrazine 3 bis- succinimide) benzene & stone wind, (f-propyl propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept · 5 · ene bismuth succinimide) base] stone wind, W double (allyl Bicyclo[2_2.1]hept-5-ene_2,3_dicarboxyl=imide) yl group _M, U2_ bis (nonyl allyl bicyclo [2D ng·5_ =, 3-dipropion oxime] Imine)_3,6_二录·12 Hyun, u double (dilute propyl and soil [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) 5_经基_环己Alkane, 15_^{3'-(P-propyl propyl imino) propoxy b 3_ 故 基 · 院 Μ, 双 · bis (allyl bicyclo [2.2.1] G J 2, 3 _ Dicarboxy quinone imine) 2 - hydroxy-benzene, M · double W Propyl fluorenylbicyclo[2_2.lm_5·ene_2,3_di-reduced y-n-benzene, N,N, _p-(2_yl)-phenylene-bis (dilyl propyl) ..1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine),; ^]^_p-(2_fluorenyl)|monomethyl--bis(allylmethyl qing Alkylamine: N,N_m-(2-carbyl)benzodiazepine-bis(allylbicyclo[221]hept-5-retributed _,3-dicarboxyarenimine), N, N, _ (2-hydroxy) benzodiazepine-bis (mercaptoallyl-cyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-lean-2,3-di-supplemental-enamine), -p-(2 3-dihydroxy)benzodiazepine-bis(allylbicyclo[221]hept-5-ene'3 di-revalence], 2,2-bis[4_{4-( Allyl bicyclo[2.21]hept-5ene-2,3•dicarboxyindolimine)-2-hydroxy-phenoxy}pyridyl]propane, double {4 (allylmethylbicyclic 72 201237065 [2.2 .1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)-2-hydroxy-phenyl}decane, bis{3-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene- 2,3-Dicarboxyindolimine)-4-hydroxy-phenyl}ether, bis{3-(nonylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene Amine)-5-hydroxy-phenyl}indole, 1,1,1-tris{4-(allylhydrylbicyclo[2.2.1] -5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine)}phenoxypurinyl propane, N,N', N"-tris(ethyl decylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5- Alkene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) isomeric cyanurate, oligomers of these, and the like. Further, the alkenyl-substituted ruthenium imide compound used in the present invention may also be a compound represented by the following formula containing an asymmetric alkylene-phenylene group.

73 201237065 經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物中,優選的化合物如 下所示。 N,N’·伸乙基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基 醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-伸乙基雙(甲基烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、凡1<['-三亞曱基-雙(烯丙 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,-六亞曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N’-六 亞曱基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺)、Ν,Ν’-十二亞曱基-雙(稀丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二 羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν1-十二亞曱基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醢亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-伸環已基-雙(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-伸環已基-雙(烯丙 基曱基雙2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二叛基酿亞胺)、 Ν,Ν'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧 基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,Ν’-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙 基曱基雙王衣[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二散基酿亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-{(1-曱 基)-2,4-伸苯基}-雙(稀丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯-2,3-二羧基 醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-對苯二甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν’_對苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-間苯二曱基-雙(烯 丙基雙環[2,2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、;^,1^-間苯二曱 201237065 40462pif 基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯·2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 2,2-雙烯丙基雙環^二^庚^烯·2,3_二羧基醯亞胺) 本氧基}本基]丙烧、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2 2.1]庚 -5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙 [4:{4·(曱基烯丙基雙環二羧基醯亞胺) 苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[22…庚^烯_2,3_ 一緩基醯亞胺)本基}甲燒、雙(4·(烯丙基甲基雙環[2 2 1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基丨甲烷、 雙{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[么叫庚巧-歸办讀基醯亞 胺)苯基}甲烧、雙{4-(曱基烯丙基甲基雙環[2 2」]庚_5_烯 -2,3-一羧基醯亞胺)苯基丨曱烷、雙丨4_(烯丙基雙環[m]庚 -5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基丨醚、雙{4_(烯丙基甲基雙環 [2.2.1]庚-5-烯·2,3-二縣醯亞胺)苯基}趟、雙: 基雙環[2.2.1]庚领办二竣基醯亞胺)笨基U雙^^ 丙基雙ί哀[2.2.1]庚-5命2,3-二叛基酿亞胺)苯基}颯、雙 {4-(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.21]庚_5_烯_2,3_二縣酿亞胺)苯 "風、雙{4_(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5_烯-2,3二_醯^ 胺)苯基}砜。 硬土 ^亞 更優選的經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物如下所示。 N,NM申乙基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2 2丨]庚_5_烯_2,3_二羧基 醯亞胺)、N,NL伸乙基-雙(烯丙基甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,ν,_伸乙基_雙(曱基埽丙基雙環 [2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,·三亞甲基_雙(烯丙 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N'-六亞甲基· 75 201237065 ^u^tozpii 雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,N,-六 亞甲基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞 胺)、Ν,Ν·-十二亞甲基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2 2 η庚-5_烯_2,3_二 羧基酸亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-十二亞曱基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,Ν’-伸環已基-雙(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-稀-2,3_二羧基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν,-伸環已基-雙(烯丙 基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 Ν,Ν'_對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧 基醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν'-對伸苯基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,Ν,-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5·婦-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,Ν'-間伸苯基-雙(烯丙 基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、ν,Ν,-{(1-曱 基)_2,4·伸苯基}-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基 醯亞胺)、Ν,Ν’-對苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 -2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、N,Nl對苯二甲基_雙(烯丙基曱基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、n,N,-間苯二曱基-雙(烯 丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺間苯二曱 基-雙(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、 2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯 亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(烯丙基曱基雙環 [2·2.1]庚-5-烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯氧基}苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-{4-(甲基烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺) 笨氧基}苯基]丙烷、雙{4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}曱烷、雙{4-(烯丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]73 201237065 Among the alkenyl-substituted quinone imine compounds, preferred compounds are shown below. N,N'·Extended ethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), N,N'-extended ethyl-bis(allyl Base bisbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N,N'-extended ethyl bis(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]g-5 -ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), where 1 <['-trimethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine ), N,N,-hexa-indenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-hexamethylene-based Bis(allyl-decylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), hydrazine, Ν'-dodedecyl-bis(dipropylbicyclo[2.2. 1]hept-5-rare-2,3-dicarboxy quinoid imine), hydrazine, fluorene 1-dodecyl fluorenyl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, Ν'-cyclohexylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarmine), hydrazine, hydrazine ,-Extend-cyclohexyl-bis(allyl-decyl-bis-2.1]hept-5-lean-2,3-di-rebasic imine), hydrazine, Ν'-p-phenylene-bis(allyl) Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, Ν'-p-phenylene - bis (allyl fluorenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), ν, Ν'-meta-phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2. 1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, -interphenylene-bis(allyl fluorenyl double king coat [2.2.1] hept-5-lean- 2,3-diyl-based imine), anthracene, Ν'-{(1-indenyl)-2,4-phenylene}-bis(dil-propylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene -2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, hydrazine, -p-xylylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinazoline) ,Ν,Ν'_p-Phenyldiyl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), ruthenium, osmium, and m-phenylene Mercapto-bis(allylbicyclo[2,2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), ^,1^-m-benzoquinone 201237065 40462pif base-bis(allyl Methyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene · 2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), 2,2- bisallyl bis 2 ring / dimethyl heximide · 2,3 - dicarboxy quinone imine ) oxy}benzina]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylmethylbicyclo[22.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarmineimine)benzene Oxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4:{4·(decylallylbicyclodicarboxyl)醯imino) phenoxy}phenyl]propane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[22...heptylene-2,3_a sulphonyl imine) base} 甲烧,双(4·( Allylmethylbicyclo[2 2 1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine)phenylindole methane, double {4-(methylallylbicyclo) Read the quinone imine) phenyl}methane, bis{4-(decylallylmethylbicyclo[2 2"]hept-5-ene-2,3-carboxycarboxyimine)phenyl hydrazine Decane, biguanide 4_(allylbicyclo[m]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide)phenyl oxime ether, bis{4_(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2.1] Hg-5-ene·2,3-dixian quinone imine)phenyl}indole, double: bisbicyclo[2.2.1]gly-doped dimercaptoquinone imine) stupid U double^^ propyl double ί Mour [2.2.1] G-5-B 2,3-di-rebelletic imine)phenyl}indole, double {4-(allylmethylbicyclo[2.21]hept-5-ene-2,3_ Two counties of imiline) benzene "wind, double {4_(methallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3 di-oxime amine) phenyl} sulfone. The harder soil sub-more preferred alkenyl-substituted quinone imine compound is shown below. N, NM-ethyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2 2丨]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyarenimine), N,NL-extended ethyl-bis(allylmethylbicyclo[2.2 .1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), ν, ν, _extended ethyl _ bis (mercapto propyl propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene 2,3-dicarboxyl醯imino), N,N,·trimethylene_bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N'-hexamethylene基· 75 201237065 ^u^tozpii bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-rare-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), N,N,-hexamethylene-bis(allyl Base bisbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinazomine), hydrazine, Ν·-docamethylene-bis(allylbicyclo[2 2 ηhept-5 _ene_2,3-dicarboxylic acid imine), hydrazine, Ν'-dodecyl fluorenyl-bis(allylhydrylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyl醯imino), ν, Ν'-extended cyclohexyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-rare-2,3-dicarboxyarmine), hydrazine, hydrazine, -extension ring Alkenyl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), hydrazine, Ν'_p-phenylene-bis(allylbicyclo[ 2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene Amine), hydrazine, Ν'-p-phenylene-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenine), ν,Ν,-... Phenyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5·feto-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), ν,Ν'-inter)phenyl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[ 2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), ν, Ν, -{(1-indenyl)_2,4·phenylene}-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2 .1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), hydrazine, Ν'-p-phenylenediyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine), N, Nl p-xylylene _ bis (allyl fluorenylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine), n, N,-m-phenylenediyl-bis(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindolide m-phenylenedi-yl-bis(allylhydrazinobicyclo[ 2.2.1] hept-5-rare-2,3-dicarboxyindolimine), 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2, 3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenoxy}phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(allylhydrazinobicyclo[2·2.1]hept-5-ene_2,3- Dicarboxy quinone imine) phenoxy} phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis[4-{4-(methylallylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5- -2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyloxy}phenyl]propane, bis{4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine) Phenyl}decane, bis{4-(allylhydrylbicyclo[2.2.1]

76 S 201237065 庚-^烯~2,3·*二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}甲烷、雙{4-(曱基烯丙基 雙= [2.2·1]庚烯_2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}曱烷、雙{4_(甲 基婦丙基曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3·二羧基醯亞胺)苯基} 曱烷。 而且’特別優選的經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物可 列舉如下所示的式(Ina-Ι)所表示的雙{4-(烯丙基雙環 [2·2·1谈·5-歸_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺)苯基}曱烷、式(Ina-2) 所表二的N,N'-間苯二曱基-雙(烯丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯 _2’3_一緩基醯亞胺)、及式Una-3)所表示的N,N,-六亞曱 基-雙(歸汚基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5_烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)。76 S 201237065 Heptane-^ene~2,3·*dicarboxyarsenazo)phenyl}methane, bis{4-(decylallyl bis=[2.2·1]heptene-2,3-dicarboxyl醯imino)phenyl}decane, bis{4_(methylglycidylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3.dicarboxyindolimide)phenyl} decane. Further, the 'particularly preferred alkenyl-substituted quinone imine compound may be exemplified by the following formula (Ina-Ι) as a double {4-(allylbicyclo[2·2·1 talk·5- _2,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, N,N,-hexa-indenyl-bis(N-consylbicyclo)[2.2.1]g- represented by hept-5-ene-2'3_a sulfhydryl imine) and formula Una-3) 5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinone imine).

而且,例如自使液晶顯示元件的電氣特性長期穩定的 觀點考慮,本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進一步含有具有自 由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。具有自由基聚合性不飽 和雙鍵的化合物可以是1種化合物,也可以是2種以上的 77 201237065 化合物。另外’所述具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化人 酿胺酸或其衍生物的重量比計ϊ U t 性不姊雙_化合物的含量優 選為0.01〜L00,更優選為〇 〇1〜〇 7〇 0.01〜0.50。 /又丨笑、兩 另外,自減低液晶顯示元件的離子密度、抑制離子密 度的經時性增加、進-步抑制殘像的觀點考慮, 計而言,具有自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物相對於經 烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物的比率優選為qi〜i〇 優選為0.5〜5。 又 具有自由絲合性不飽和雙鍵的化合物可列舉(甲 丙稀酸酯、(曱基)丙烯01胺等(曱基)丙婦酸衍生物、及雙土 來醯亞胺。㈣具有自由絲合財姊魏的化合物更 優選為具有2個以上自由基聚合性不飽和雙鍵的(甲基 烯酸衍生物。 (甲基)丙烯酸酯的具體例例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸琴 己醋、(甲基)丙稀酸-2-甲基環己醋 '(甲基)丙稀酸二環= 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸二環戊基氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸苯酯、(曱基)丙稀酸苄酯、(甲基)丙稀酸 -2-經基乙酯、及(曱基)丙烯酸_2_羥基丙酯。 作為2 g此(甲基)丙稀酸g旨的具體例,例如可列舉二内埽 酸乙二酯、東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司的產品 ARONIX M-210、ARONIX M-240 及 ARONIX M-6200、 **! 78 201237065 40462pif 本化藥股份有限公司的產品KAY ARAD HDDA、 KAYARAD HX-220、KAY ARAD R-604 及 KAY ARAD R-684、大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司的產品V260、 V312及V335HP、以及共榮社油脂化學工業股份有限公司 的產品 Light Acrylate BA-4EA、Light Acrylate BP-4PA 及 Light Acrylate BP-2PA。 作為3官能以上的多官能(曱基)丙烯酸酯的具體例, 例如可列舉4,4’-亞曱基雙(N,N-二羥基伸乙基丙烯酸酯苯 胺)、東亞合成化學工業股份有限公司的產品ARONIX M-400、ARONIX M-405、ARONIX M-450、ARONIX M-7100、ARONIX M-8030、ARONIX M-8060、日本化藥 股份有限公司的產品KAYARAD TMPTA、KAYARAD DPCA-20、KAY ARAD DPCA-30、KAY ARAD DPCA-60、 KAYARAD DPCA-120、及大阪有機化學工業股份有限公 司的產品VGPT。 作為(甲基)丙烯醯胺衍生物的具體例,例如可列舉N-異丙基丙稀醯胺、N-異丙基曱基丙烯醢胺、N-正丙基丙烯 醯胺、N-正丙基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-環丙基丙烯醯胺、N-環 丙基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-乙氧基乙基丙烯醯胺、N-乙氧基乙 基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-四氫糠基丙烯醯胺、N-四氫糠基甲基 丙烯醯胺、N-乙基丙烯醯胺、N-乙基-N-曱基丙烯醯胺、 N,N-二乙基丙烯醯胺、N-甲基-N-正丙基丙烯醯胺、N-甲 基~N«異丙基丙烤酿胺、N-丙婦酿基呢咬、N-丙稀酿基^比。各 烷酮、N,N’-亞甲基雙丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν'-伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺、 79 201237065 40462pif N,N’-二羥基伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺、N-(4-羥基苯基)曱基丙烯 醯胺、N-苯基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-丁基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-(異 丁氧基甲基)甲基丙烯醯胺、N-[2-(N,N-二曱基胺基)乙基] 曱基丙烯醯胺、N,N-二曱基曱基丙烯醯胺、N-[3-(二曱基 胺基)丙基]曱基丙烯醯胺、N·(曱氧基曱基)曱基丙烯醯胺、 N-(羥基甲基)-2-甲基丙烯醯胺、N-苄基-2-曱基丙烯醯胺、 及Ν,Ν’-亞曱基雙曱基丙烯醯胺。 上述(曱基)丙烯酸衍生物中,特別優選Ν,Ν’-亞曱基雙 丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν’-二羥基伸乙基-雙丙烯醯胺、二丙烯酸乙 二酯、以及4,4’-亞曱基雙(Ν,Ν-二羥基伸乙基丙烯酸酯苯 胺)。 雙馬來蕴亞胺例如可列舉ΚΙ Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造的BMI-70及BMI-80、以及大和化成工業股份有 限公司製造的 BMI_ 1000、BMI-3000、BMI-4000、BMI-5000 及 BMI-7000。 而且,例如自液晶顯示元件中的電氣特性的長期穩定 性的觀點考慮,本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進一步含有噁 嗪化合物。所述噁嗪化合物可以是1種化合物,也可以是 2種以上化合物。自上述觀點考慮,所述噁嗪化合物的含 量相對於所述聚酿胺酸或其衍生物而言優選為0.1 wt%〜 50wt%,更優選為1 wt%〜40wt%,進一步更優選為1 wt% 〜20 wt%。 噁嗪化合物優選為可溶於溶解聚醯胺酸或其衍生物 的溶劑,另外具有開環聚合性的噁嗪化合物。 201237065 40462pif 而且,噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構數並無特別限定。 °惡嗓結構已知有各種結構。在本發明中,。惡嗪的纟士構 並無特別限定,所述噁嗪化合物中的噁嗪結構可列舉^並 噁嗪或蒂並噁嗪等具有芳香族基(包括縮合多環芳香族基) 的噁嗪結構。 噁唤化合物例如可列舉下述式(a)〜式(f)所表示 的化合物。另外,在下述式中,作為向環的中心而表示的 鍵,表示其鍵結於構成環且可鍵結取代基的任意碳上。Further, for example, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond from the viewpoint of stabilizing the electrical properties of the liquid crystal display device for a long period of time. The compound having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond may be one type of compound or two or more kinds of compounds of 2012 201237065. Further, the weight ratio of the human amino acid having a radical polymerizable unsaturated double bond or a derivative thereof is preferably 0.01 to L00, more preferably 〇〇1. ~〇7〇0.01~0.50. / 丨 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 具有 具有 具有The ratio of the compound to the alkenyl-substituted dysinimide compound is preferably qi~i〇, preferably 0.5 to 5. Further, examples of the compound having a free-synthesis unsaturated double bond include (methacrylic acid ester, (mercapto) acryl 01 amine (such as mercapto) pro-glycolic acid derivative, and bismide. (IV) Freedom The compound of the ketones is more preferably a (methacrylic acid derivative) having two or more radically polymerizable unsaturated double bonds. Specific examples of the (meth) acrylate include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid hexanoic acid , (meth)acrylic acid-2-methylcyclohexanol '(methyl) acrylate dicyclo= ester, (fluorenyl) dicyclopentyloxyethyl acrylate, (meth) acrylate isobornyl Ester, phenyl (mercapto) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methyl ethyl methacrylate, and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate. Specific examples of the (meth)acrylic acid g include, for example, ethylene glycol dicapcoate, ARONIX M-210, ARONIX M-240, and ARONIX M-6200, which are products of East Asia Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd. **! 78 201237065 40462pif Products of this chemical company, KAY ARAD HDDA, KAYARAD HX-220, KAY ARAD R-604 and KAY ARAD R-684, large Products of the Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., V260, V312, and V335HP, and products of the company, Light Acrylate BA-4EA, Light Acrylate BP-4PA, and Light Acrylate BP-2PA, which are more than three functional groups. Specific examples of the functional (fluorenyl) acrylate include, for example, 4,4'-fluorenylene bis(N,N-dihydroxyethyl acrylate), and ARONIX M-product of East Asia Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd. 400, ARONIX M-405, ARONIX M-450, ARONIX M-7100, ARONIX M-8030, ARONIX M-8060, products of Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TMPTA, KAYARAD DPCA-20, KAY ARAD DPCA-30, KAY ARAD DPCA-60, KAYARAD DPCA-120, and VGPT of the Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. As a specific example of the (meth) acrylamide derivative, for example, N-isopropyl acrylamide, N -isopropyl decyl acrylamide, N-n-propyl acrylamide, N-n-propyl decyl acrylamide, N-cyclopropyl acrylamide, N-cyclopropyl decyl acrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl acrylamide, N-ethoxyethyl fluorenyl Enamine, N-tetrahydrofurfuryl decylamine, N-tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylamide, N-ethyl acrylamide, N-ethyl-N-mercapto acrylamide, N, N -Diethyl acrylamide, N-methyl-N-n-propyl acrylamide, N-methyl~N«isopropyl propyl baking amine, N-propyl butyl base, N-propylene Brewing base ratio. Alkanone, N, N'-methylenebis propylene amide, hydrazine, Ν'-extended ethyl bis acrylamide, 79 201237065 40462pif N, N'-dihydroxyethylidene bis decylamine, N- (4-hydroxyphenyl)mercaptopropenylamine, N-phenylmercaptopropenylamine, N-butylmercaptopropenylamine, N-(isobutoxymethyl)methacrylamide, N -[2-(N,N-Didecylamino)ethyl]nonyl acrylamide, N,N-dimercaptopropenylamine, N-[3-(didecylamino)propene Alkyl acrylamide, N. (decyloxy) decyl acrylamide, N-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl acrylamide, N-benzyl-2-mercapto propylene oxime Amine, and hydrazine, Ν'--fluorenylene bis-decyl acrylamide. Among the above (mercapto)acrylic acid derivatives, hydrazine, Ν'-fluorenylene bis acrylamide, hydrazine, Ν'-dihydroxyethylidene bis acrylamide, ethylene diacrylate, and 4 are particularly preferable. 4'-Amidino bis (indole, fluorene-dihydroxyethyl phenyl aniline). Examples of the bismaleimide include BMI-70 and BMI-80 manufactured by Industry Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., and BMI_1000, BMI-3000, BMI-4000, and BMI-5000 manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd. And BMI-7000. Further, for example, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazine compound from the viewpoint of long-term stability of electrical characteristics in the liquid crystal display device. The oxazine compound may be one type of compound or two or more types of compounds. From the above viewpoints, the content of the oxazine compound is preferably 0.1 wt% to 50 wt%, more preferably 1 wt% to 40 wt%, still more preferably 1 with respect to the poly-aracine acid or a derivative thereof. Wt% ~ 20 wt%. The oxazine compound is preferably a solvent which is soluble in a solution of polylysine or a derivative thereof, and further has a ring-opening polymerizable oxazine compound. 201237065 40462pif Further, the number of oxazine structures in the oxazine compound is not particularly limited. ° The structure of the scorpion is known to have various structures. In the present invention, The gentleman's structure of the oxazine is not particularly limited, and the oxazine structure in the oxazine compound may be an oxazine structure having an aromatic group (including a condensed polycyclic aromatic group) such as an oxazine or a thiazine. . Examples of the agonizing compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f). Further, in the following formula, the bond represented by the center of the ring indicates that it is bonded to any carbon constituting the ring and capable of bonding a substituent.

在式(〇〜式(c)中,r1及R2是碳數1〜30的有 機基。而且’在式(a)〜式(f)t,R3〜R6表示氫或碳 數1:6的烴基。而且,在式(〇、式⑷及式⑴中, X 是單鍵、·0_、-S·、、s,s、卿、•、―c〇NH_、_NHC0_、 -C(CH3)2-、-C(CF3)2-、_(cii2)m_、-〇_(CH2)m_〇_、 各(CH2)m_S-。此處,m為丨〜6的整數。而且,在所述式 201237065 I V < ^ Λ.Λ. (6)及式(〇中,丫獨立為單鍵、-0-、-8-、-(:0-、-匚((:113)2-、 -C(CF3)2-或碳數1〜3的伸烷基。而且,式(a)〜式(f) 中的苯環、萘環上所鍵結的氫也可以獨立地被-F、-CH3、 -OH、-COOH、-S03H、-Ρ03Η2 取代。 而且,°惡嗪化合物包括於側鏈具有°惡°秦結構的寡聚物 或聚合物、於主鏈中具有噁嗪結構的寡聚物或聚合物。 式(a )所表示的噪°秦化合物例如可列舉以下的°惡°秦 化合物。In the formula (〇~ (c), r1 and R2 are an organic group having a carbon number of 1 to 30. And 'in the formula (a) to the formula (f) t, R3 to R6 represent hydrogen or a carbon number of 1:6. Further, in the formula (〇, formula (4) and formula (1), X is a single bond, ·0_, -S·,, s, s, qing,•, ―c〇NH_, _NHC0_, -C(CH3)2 -, -C(CF3)2-, _(cii2)m_, -〇_(CH2)m_〇_, each (CH2)m_S-. Here, m is an integer of 丨~6. Equation 201237065 IV < ^ Λ.Λ. (6) and (in the middle, 丫 independent as a single bond, -0-, -8-, - (: 0-, -匚 ((: 113)2-, - C(CF3)2- or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 3. Further, the hydrogen bonded to the benzene ring or the naphthalene ring in the formulae (a) to (f) may be independently -F, - Further, CH3, -OH, -COOH, -S03H, -Ρ03Η2 are substituted. Moreover, the oxazide compound includes an oligomer or a polymer having a structure in the side chain, and an oligomer having an oxazine structure in the main chain. The substance or the polymer. The noisy compound represented by the formula (a) is exemplified by the following compounds.

(a-1) (a-2) 式中,R1優選為碳數1〜30的烷基,更優選為碳數1 〜20的烧基。 式(b )所表示的°惡嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的°惡唤 化合物。(a-1) (a-2) In the formula, R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The oxazin compound represented by the formula (b) is exemplified by the following acetonide compound.

S 82 201237065 40462pifS 82 201237065 40462pif

式中,R1優選為碳數1〜30的烷基,更優選為碳數1 〜20的烧基。 式(c)所表示的°惡。秦化合物可列舉下述式(c〇所表 示的°惡°秦化合物。 83 201237065 40462pifIn the formula, R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The evil expressed by the formula (c). The Qin compound may be exemplified by the following formula (c〇 represents the oxime compound. 83 201237065 40462pif

在式(c')中,R1及R2表示碳數1〜30的有機基,R3 〜R6表示氫或碳數1〜6的烴基,X表示單鍵、-CH2-、 -C(CH3)2-、-CO-、-〇-、-so2-或 C(CF3)2-。 所述式(C’)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的 ϋ 惡嗪化合物。In the formula (c'), R1 and R2 represent an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R3 to R6 represent hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and X represents a single bond, -CH2-, -C(CH3)2 -, -CO-, -〇-, -so2- or C(CF3)2-. The oxazine compound represented by the formula (C') is exemplified by the following anthraazine compound.

84 201237065 40462pif84 201237065 40462pif

/ R1/ R1

(c-13) (c-10)(c-13) (c-10)

(〇14)(〇14)

在上述式中,R1優選為碳數1〜30的烷基,更優選為 石炭數1〜20的烧基。 式(d)所表示的噁嗪化合物例如可列舉以下的噁嗪 化合物。 85 201237065 40462pifIn the above formula, R1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 20. The oxazine compound represented by the formula (d) includes, for example, the following oxazine compounds. 85 201237065 40462pif

(d-7) . (d-8)(d-7) . (d-8)

(d-9)(d-9)

(d-10)(d-10)

式(e)所表示的。惡。秦化合物例如可列舉以下的惡嗓 化合物。Expressed by formula (e). evil. Examples of the Qin compound include the following oxime compounds.

86 S 20123706586 S 201237065

式(f)所表示的°惡噃化合物例如可列舉以下的°惡唤化 合物。 87 201237065 40462pifThe oxime compound represented by the formula (f) is exemplified by the following oxime compound. 87 201237065 40462pif

88 s 201237065 40462pif 這痤化合物中,更優選列舉式(b、 式㈤)、式㈣、式(… 〜式(1:式U-3)、式(e_4)、式⑷)〜式(⑷ 所表示的噁嗪化合物。 所述ff匕合物可利用與國H 20__8 _ 明書、日本專利特開平n_m58號公報、日 特開 4-3526=號公報巾所記載的方法同樣的方法而製造。 例11)所表示的喔嗪化合物可藉由使盼化合物 與-級妝胁反孰獲得(參照國際公開細侧通號 說明書)。 而且式(b)所表示㈣嗪化合物可藉由如下方式 而獲得:利用將—級胺緩緩加人至㈣中的方法而使其反 應後’添加具有蔡驗系經基的化合物而使其反應(參照國 際公開2004/009708號說明書)。 :且,式(c)所表示的噁嗪化合物可藉由如下方式 而獲得:在有機溶劑中,於脂肪族二級胺、脂肪族三級胺 或鹼性含氮雜環化合物的存在下使酚化合物丨莫耳、相對 於盼化合物的雜 1莫耳而言為至少2莫耳以上的 醛、及1莫耳的一級胺反應(參照國際公開2004/009708 號說明書及日本專利特開平11-12258號公報)。 而且’式(d)〜式(f)所表示的噁嗓化合物可藉由 如下方式而獲得:於正丁醇中、90°C以上的溫度下,使4,4,《 二胺基二笨基甲烷等具有多個苯環和鍵結這些苯環的有機 基的一胺、福馬林等醛、及苯酚進行脫水縮合反應(參照 201237065 40462pif 曰本專利特開2004-352670號公報)。 而且’例如自液晶顯示元件的電氣特性的長期穩定性 的觀點考慮,本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進一步含有噁唑 琳化合物。所述噁唑啉化合物是具有噁唑啉結構的化合 物。所述噁唑啉化合物可以是一種化合物’也可以是兩種 以上化合物。自上述觀點考慮,所述噁唑啉化合物的含量 相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物而言優選為0.1 wt°/〇〜50 wt°/〇 ’更優選為1 〜40 wt°/〇,進而優選為1 wt%〜20 wt%。或者,自上述觀點考慮,當將噁唑啉化合物中的噁 °坐琳結構換算為噁唑啉時,優選所述噁唑啉化合物的含量 相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物而言為0.1 wt%〜40 wt% 6 °惡"坐琳化合物可以在1個化合物中具有僅僅1種噁唑 琳結構’也可以具有2種以上噁唑啉結構。而且,所述噁 °坐#化合物雖然在1個化合物中具有1個所述噁唑啉結構 仁優選具有2個以上所述嗔β坐淋結構。而且,β惡σ坐 ,^合物可以是於側鏈具有噁唑啉結構的聚合物,也可以 聚物。於侧鏈具有噁唑啉結構的聚合物可以是於側鏈 I, 坐琳結構的單體的均聚物,也可以是於侧鏈具有噁 鍵3、、’°構的單體與不具噁唑啉結構的單體的共聚物。於侧 的^有。惡°坐琳結構的共聚物可以是於側鏈具有噁唑啉結構 構的種以上單體的共聚物’也可以是於側鏈具有喔°坐淋錄 、種以上單體與不具。惡唾琳結構的單體的共聚物。 惡0坐琳結構優選為以噁唑啉結構中的氧以及氮的一 201237065 40462pif 者或兩者與聚醯胺酸的羰基反應而得的形式存在於噁唑 化合物中的結構。 〜^ 噁唑啉化合物例如可列舉2,2,_雙(2_噁唑啉)、丨2 4二 _(L坐琳-2-基)-苯、4·吱喃-2-基亞甲基_2_笨基_4H_’d^ -5-酮、认雙(4,5_二氫_2_噁唑基)苯、❻雙⑹二氫二亞 嗤基)苯、2,3-雙(4_異丙烯基_2_噁唑啉_2_基)丁烧、2 2,-雙^ 苄基-2-噁唑啉、2,6-雙(異丙基-2-噁唑啉_2_基)吡啶、2 2, 異亞丙基雙(4_第三丁基_2_噁唑啉)、2,2,異亞丙基雙(4’笨 基-2-噁唑啉)、2,2,-亞甲基雙(4_第三丁基噁唑啉”及?^ 亞曱基雙(4-苯基-2-嗔嗤琳)。除了這些化合物以外,還可 以列,如EPOCROS (商品纟、日本觸媒股份有限公司製 造)這樣的具有噁嗤基的聚合物或寡聚物。 更優選的噁唑啉化合物例如可列舉2,2,_雙(2_嚼唾 以及1,3-雙(4,5-二氫_2_噁唑基)苯。 “ 一而且,例如自液晶顯示元件的電氣特性的長期穩定性 的觀點考慮,本發明的液晶配向劑也可以進一步含有環氧 化合物。所述環氧化合物可以是丨種化合物,也可以是2 種以上化合物。自上魏財慮,所騎氧化合物的含量 相對於所述聚醯紐或其衍生物而言優執Q丨wt%〜5〇 wt% ’更優選為1 wt%〜4G wt%,進-步更優選為i wt% 〜20 wt%。 s %氧化合物可列舉在分子内具有1個或2個以上環氧 環的各,化合物。於分子内具有丨個環氧環的化合物例如 可列舉苯基縮水甘油醚、丁基縮水甘油醚、3,3,3-三氟甲基 201237065 40462pif 環氧丙燒、氧化苯乙歸、六氟環氧丙烧、環 丙基三甲氧她、2佩環氧基環心;乙 二一土石夕烧、N-縮水甘油基鄰苯二曱酿亞胺、(大麁 J· 土)環氧化物、全氟乙基縮水甘油 - N,N-二縮水甘、、山其纪糾 仏乳奸表廣醇、 環氧=基本胺、以及3錄氟己基)乙氧基]-U- 二縮=具氧環的化合物例如可列舉乙二醇 新戊二醇二;、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油越、 二縮水甘_、21新^己f醇二縮水甘油驗、甘油 環己烯基曱基_3, 二縮水甘_、3,4-環氧 甘油基贼紐㈣3糊·二縮水 2-[4(=,二具# 3個環氧環的化合物例如可列舉 -間笨二甲胺ittNN4、耶潭·四縮水甘油基 烧、N,取,此四水甘油基胺基甲基)環己 β 1 ηντ ^ 縮水甘油基_4,4'·二胺基二苯基甲烷、α 除上^基·Ν'缩水甘油基)胺基丙基三甲氧基石夕燒。 以列卜,分子内具有環氧環的化合物的例子還可 環的寡聚物或聚合物。具有環氧環的單體88 s 201237065 40462pif Among the ruthenium compounds, the formula (b, formula (5)), formula (4), formula (... to formula (1: formula U-3), formula (e_4), formula (4)) to formula (4) are more preferable. The oxazide compound can be produced by the same method as that described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. H20__8_, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei No. 5-58, No. 4-3526. The pyridazine compound represented by the example 11) can be obtained by reacting a desired compound with a --stage makeup (refer to the International Publication No.). Further, the (tetrazine) compound represented by the formula (b) can be obtained by adding a compound having a methicone group to the reaction after the reaction is gradually added to the method of (4). Reaction (refer to International Publication No. 2004/009708). And, the oxazine compound represented by the formula (c) can be obtained by: in the presence of an aliphatic secondary amine, an aliphatic tertiary amine or a basic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound in an organic solvent. The phenolic compound is a molar amount of at least 2 moles of aldehyde and 1 mole of primary amine relative to the hetero 1 mole of the desired compound (refer to International Publication No. 2004/009708 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-- Bulletin 12258). Further, the oxindole compound represented by the formula (d) to the formula (f) can be obtained by using 4, 4, "diamine-based diphenyl" in n-butanol at a temperature of 90 ° C or higher. A polyamine having a plurality of benzene rings and an organic group bonded to the benzene ring, an aldehyde such as formalin, and a phenol are subjected to a dehydration condensation reaction (refer to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-352670). Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an oxazole compound, for example, from the viewpoint of long-term stability of electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. The oxazoline compound is a compound having an oxazoline structure. The oxazoline compound may be a compound ' or two or more compounds. From the above viewpoints, the content of the oxazoline compound is preferably 0.1 wt ° / 〇 50 50 ° ° / 〇 ' more preferably 1 〜 40 wt ° / relative to the poly phthalic acid or its derivative. Further, it is preferably from 1 wt% to 20 wt%. Alternatively, from the above viewpoint, when the oxazoline structure in the oxazoline compound is converted to an oxazoline, it is preferred that the content of the oxazoline compound is relative to the polylysine or its derivative. It is 0.1 wt% to 40 wt% 6 ° evil " sitin compound may have only one oxazoline structure in one compound' or may have two or more oxazoline structures. Further, the compound having the oxazoline structure in one compound preferably has two or more of the 嗔β sitting structure in one compound. Further, the β 恶 坐 , compound may be a polymer having an oxazoline structure in a side chain, or may be a polymer. The polymer having an oxazoline structure in the side chain may be a homopolymer of a monomer of a side chain I, a sitin structure, or a malignant bond 3 in a side chain, a monomer of a '° structure and a non-malignant A copolymer of monomers of oxazoline structure. On the side of ^ there. The copolymer of the ruthenium structure may be a copolymer of a monomer having more than one type of oxazoline structure in the side chain, or may have a ruthenium in the side chain, a monomer or more. a copolymer of monomers of the sputum structure. The structure of the oxalate is preferably a structure in which the oxygen in the oxazoline structure and the nitrogen of a 201237065 40462pif or both are reacted with the carbonyl group of the poly-proline to form the structure in the oxazole compound. Examples of the oxazoline compound include 2,2,_bis(2- oxazoline), 丨2 4 bis(L-salt-2-yl)-benzene, and 4 吱-2-yl-Asian Base_2_stupyl_4H_'d^-5-ketone, bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene, bis(6)dihydrodiindenyl)benzene, 2,3- Bis(4-isopropenyl-2-oxazoline-2-yl)butane, 2 2,-bis-benzyl-2-oxazoline, 2,6-bis(isopropyl-2-oxazole啉_2_yl)pyridine, 2 2, isopropylidene bis(4_t-butyl-2-oxazoline), 2,2, isopropylidene bis (4'-phenyl-2-oxazole Porphyrin), 2,2,-methylenebis(4_t-butyloxazoline) and ??-indenyl bis(4-phenyl-2-indene). In addition to these compounds, Columns, such as EPOCROS (commodity 纟, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.), have a thiol group-containing polymer or oligomer. More preferred oxazoline compounds include, for example, 2, 2, _ double (2 _ chew Saliva and 1,3-bis(4,5-dihydro-2-oxazolyl)benzene. "In addition, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is also considered, for example, from the viewpoint of long-term stability of electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal display element. It may further contain an epoxy compound. The compound may be a ruthenium compound or a compound of two or more kinds. Since the above, the content of the oxygenated compound is superior to that of the polyfluorene or its derivative by Q丨wt%~5〇. The wt% is more preferably from 1 wt% to 4 G wt%, and more preferably from i wt% to 20 wt%. The s% oxygen compound may be one having one or two or more epoxy rings in the molecule. Examples of the compound having an epoxy ring in the molecule include, for example, phenyl glycidyl ether, butyl glycidyl ether, 3,3,3-trifluoromethyl 201237065 40462pif epoxidation, phenyl benzene, Hexafluoroepoxypropane, cyclopropyltrimethoxyoxide, 2pepoxycyclocentric; Ethylene sulphate, N-glycidyl phthalate, and imine, (Daji J·s) ring Oxide, perfluoroethylglycidyl-N,N-di-glycidyl, yam dynasty remedy, alcohol, epoxy = basic amine, and 3 fluorohexyl) ethoxy]-U- Examples of the compound having a reduced oxygen ring include ethylene glycol neopentyl glycol (II); polypropylene glycol diglycidyl, diglycidyl hydrate, and 21 hexamethylene alcohol diglycidyl glycerol. Base group _3, bis-hydrazin _, 3,4-epoxy glyceryl thief (4) 3 paste · condensed water 2-[4 (=, two with # 3 epoxy ring compounds, for example, can be cited - stupid Methylamine ittNN4, Yetan tetraglycidyl, N, taken, this tetraglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane β 1 ηντ ^ glycidyl_4,4'·diaminodiphenylmethane,除 In addition to ^ Ν · Ν 'glycidyl) aminopropyl trimethoxy sulphur. Elieb, an example of a compound having an epoxy ring in the molecule may also be a ring oligomer or polymer. Monomer having an epoxy ring

S 92 201237065 40462pif =如可列舉(曱基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 裱氧環己酯、以及(曱基)丙烯酸曱基縮水甘油酯。 與具有環氧環的單體進行共聚的其他單體例如可列 舉(甲基)丙烯酸、(曱基)丙稀酸曱醋、(曱基)丙稀酸乙醋、 (甲基)丙稀酸異丙醋、(甲基)丙烤酸丁醋、(甲基)丙稀酸異 丁酉曰(曱基)丙烯@夂第二丁醋、(曱基)丙稀酉曼環己醋、(甲 基)丙稀酸节基醋、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-經基乙酿、(曱基)丙烯 酸-2-經基丙醋、苯乙稀、曱基苯乙稀、氣甲基苯乙稀、(甲 基)丙稀,_(3_乙基_3_環氧丙基)曱醋、N_環己基馬來釀亞胺 以及N-本基馬來酿亞胺。 具有壤氧的單體的聚合物的優選具體例可列舉聚 (曱基丙烯咖水甘油自旨)等。而且,具有環氧環的單體與 其他單體的共聚物的優選具體例可列舉Ν_笨基馬来酿亞 胺-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油醋共聚物、Ν_環己基馬來醯亞胺· 曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油S旨共聚物、甲基丙烯酸麵-甲基 酸縮水甘制1絲物、甲基_酸丁 I甲基_酸縮水甘 油酉旨共聚物、甲基_酸_2•織乙I甲基丙烯酸縮水甘 油酉旨共聚物、甲基丙_(3_乙基_3_環氧丙基)甲甲基丙 稀酸縮水甘㈣絲細及苯乙烯·甲絲_縮水甘油 酯共聚物。 在這些例中 付別優選Ν,Ν,Ν,,Ν,-四縮水甘油基_間苯 甲月女、1,3·雙(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己燒、 Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν、縮水甘油基_4,4,_二胺基二苯基甲烧 “Te_ VG雇L”、3,4·環氧環己稀基甲基_3,,4,_環氧環 93 201237065 40462pif =細、N笨基馬來酿亞胺基丙細水甘油醋共 環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基石夕烧。 Μ、丨而5,所述環氧化合物例如可列舉縮水甘油 r、:7二^日1縮水甘油胺、含有環氧基的丙婦酸系樹 族型产氧化2胺、縮水甘油基異三聚氰酸醋、鏈狀脂肪 及環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物。另外, 環示具峨基的化合物,環氧樹脂表示具有 型環=^^=^細化合物、雙驗f 氫化雙紛-A型環氧化^氧^物、雙龄型環氧化合物、 化雙紛-s型環氧化人物"1化雙齡_F型環氧化合物、氫 齡-A峨° Γ統雙_環氧化合物、漠化雙 清漆型環^hyri臭化雙盼'f型環氧化合物、紛系祕 齡清漆型環氧化合物、漠化紛 物、雙紛a 清漆^氧清漆型環氧化合 合物、芳麵聚縮水μ if 含有萘”的環氧化 氧化合物、脂合物 '二環戊二烯苯_環 峨合物、化合物 '脂肪族聚縮水甘 二齡型環氧化合物。—、,水甘_化合物、以及聯苯 縮水甘油酯例如可列舉二缩 水甘油醋環氧化合物。 縮尺甘油酉曰化合物以及縮 例如可列舉聚縮水甘油胺化合物。 衣氧土的丙騎系化合物例如可列舉具有環氧 94 201237065 乙烷基的單體的均聚物及共聚物。 物縮水甘油酿胺例如可列舉縮水甘油酿胺型環氧化合 ⑴鏈狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉將烯化合物的 奴-碳雙鍵氧化而得的含有環氧基的化合物。 雜㈣族型環氧化合物例如可神將環烯化合物 的碳-碳雙鍵氧化而得的含有環氧基的化合物。 雙酚A型環氧化合物例如可列舉828、1〇〇1、1002、 1003、1^)4、1007、1〇1〇 (均為日本環氧樹脂公司製造(現 在可以二菱化學股份有限公司的jER系列產品的形式獲得 /下同))、Epotohto YD-128(東都化成股份有限公司製造)、 DER_331 ' DER-332、DER-324 (均為陶氏化學製造)、S 92 201237065 40462pif = (meth) glycidyl acrylate, decyl cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and decyl glycidyl (mercapto) acrylate. Examples of the other monomer copolymerized with the monomer having an epoxy ring include (meth)acrylic acid, (mercapto)acrylic acid vinegar, (mercapto)acrylic acid vinegar, and (meth)acrylic acid. Isopropyl vinegar, (meth) propionic acid butyl vinegar, (meth) acrylic acid isobutyl hydrazine (mercapto) propylene @ 夂 second vinegar, (mercapto) propylene 酉 环 环 vinegar, (a Base) acrylic acid-based vinegar, (meth)acrylic acid-2-ylidene, (mercapto)acrylic acid-2-pyridyl vinegar, styrene, mercaptostyrene, methacrylic acid Dilute, (meth) propylene, _ (3_ethyl_3_epoxypropyl) vinegar, N-cyclohexylmaleimine, and N-local mazene. Preferable specific examples of the polymer of the monomer having a chlorine oxide include poly(mercaptopropene glycerin). Further, preferred examples of the copolymer of the monomer having an epoxy ring and another monomer include Ν 笨 笨 马 马 马 酿 酿 酿 酿 曱 曱 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环 环· Mercaptoacrylic acid glycidyl S copolymer, methacrylic acid-methyl methic acid, 1 gram of methyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate Woven ethylene I glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, methyl propyl _(3_ethyl_3_epoxypropyl) methyl methacrylic acid glycidyl (tetra) fine and styrene · methyl silk _ glycidol Ester copolymer. In these cases, it is preferred to Ν, Ν, Ν, Ν, -tetraglycidyl _ benzophenone, 1,3 bis (indole, Ν-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexanone , Ν, Ν, Ν', Ν, glycidyl _4,4, _diaminodiphenyl ketone "Te_ VG hire L", 3,4·epoxycyclohexylmethyl _3, 4, _ epoxy ring 93 201237065 40462pif = fine, N stupid mala brewing iminopropyl propylene glycol acetoxy co-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxy zebra. Μ,丨5, the epoxy compound, for example, may be exemplified by glycidol r, 7 bis day 1 glycidylamine, an epoxy group-containing acetoin-type tree-type oxidized 2 amine, glycidyl iso-tris Polycyanate, chain fat and cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound. In addition, a compound having a mercapto group is shown in the ring, and the epoxy resin is represented by a compound having a ring of a ring = ^^=^, a double test, a hydrogenation of a double-type epoxidized oxygen, a double-aged epoxy compound, and a double bond.纷-s type epoxidized character"1 _ _F type epoxy compound, hydrogen age - A 峨 ° 双 system double _ epoxy compound, desertified double varnish type ring ^hyri stinky double hope 'f ring Oxygen compounds, various aging varnish-type epoxy compounds, desertified granules, bismuth a varnish, oxygen varnish-type epoxidized compound, aromatic polycondensate μ if epoxidized oxygen compound containing naphthalene, fat The 'dicyclopentadiene benzene-cyclodecene compound, the compound 'aliphatic polycondensation succinyl-type epoxy compound.—, the water-glycine compound, and the biphenyl glycidyl ester are exemplified by a diglycidyl acetal epoxy compound. Examples of the glycerin compound and the condensed polyglycidylamine compound include a polyglycidylamine compound. Examples of the benzoate compound of the oxonite include a homopolymer and a copolymer of a monomer having an epoxy 94 201237065 ethane group. The amine may, for example, be a glycidyl-brown amine-type epoxidized (1) chain grease. The group epoxy compound may, for example, be an epoxy group-containing compound obtained by oxidizing a slave-carbon double bond of an olefin compound. The hetero(tetra) group epoxy compound may, for example, oxidize a carbon-carbon double bond of a cycloolefin compound. Examples of the epoxy group-containing compound. Examples of the bisphenol A type epoxy compound include 828, 1〇〇1, 1002, 1003, 1^) 4, 1007, and 1〇1〇 (all manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.). (now available in the form of jER series products of Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), Epotohto YD-128 (manufactured by Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.), DER_331 'DER-332, DER-324 (all are Dow Chemical Manufacturing),

Epiclon 840、Epiclon 850、Epiclon 1050 (均為 DIC 股份有 限公司製造)、EPOMIK R-140、EPOMIK R-301、以及 EPOMIKR-304 (均為三井化學股份有限公司製造)。 雙酴F型環氧化合物例如可列舉8〇6、807、4004P(均 為曰本環氧樹脂公司製造)、Epotohto YDF-170、Epotohto YDF-175S、Epotohto YDF-2001 (均為東都化成股份有限 公司製造)、DER-354 (陶氏化學製造)、Epiclon 830、 以及Epiclon 835 (均為DIC股份有限公司製造)。 雙酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉2,2-雙(4-羥基苯 基)-1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟丙烷的環氧化*物。 氫化雙酚-A型環氧化合物例如可列舉Sun Tohto ST-3000 (東都化成公司製造)、RicaresinHBE-l 00 (新曰 95 201237065 40462pif 本理化製造)、以及 DENACOL EX-252 (NagasechemteX Corporation 製造)。 氫化雙酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉氫化2,2-雙(4-羥 基苯基)-1,1,1,3,3,3_六氟丙烧的環氧化物。 溴化雙酚-Α型環氧化合物例如可列舉5050、5051(均 為曰本環氧樹脂公司製造)、Epotohto YDB-360、Epotohto YDB-400(均為東都化成股份有限公司製造)、DER_53〇、 DER-538 (均為陶氏化學製造)、Epiclon丨52、以及Epiclon 153(均為DIC股份有限公司製造)。 酚系酚醛清漆型環氧化合物例如可列舉152、154 (均 為曰本環氧樹脂公司製造)、YDPN_638 (東都化成股份 有限公司製造)、DEN431、DEN438(均為陶氏化學製造)、 Epiclon N-770 ( DIC股份有限公司製造)、EPPN-201、以 及EPPN-202 (均為曰本化藥股份有限公司製造)。 曱酚酚酸·清漆型環氧化合物例如可列舉i8〇S75(曰本 環氧樹脂公司製造)、YDCN-7(H、YDCN-702 (均為東都 化成股份有限公司製造)、Epiclon N-665、Epiclon N-695 (均為DIC股份有限公司製造)、e〇CN-102S、 EOCN-103S、EOCN-104S、EOCN-1020、EOCN-1025、以 及EOCN-1027 (均為日本化藥股份有限公司製造)。 雙紛A紛搭清漆型環氧化合物例如可列舉i57S70(曰 本環氧樹脂公司製造)、以及EpiclonN-880 (DIC股份有 限公司製造)。 含有萘骨架的環氧化合物例如可列舉Epicl〇nEpiclon 840, Epiclon 850, Epiclon 1050 (both manufactured by DIC Stock Co., Ltd.), EPOMIK R-140, EPOMIK R-301, and EPOMIKR-304 (all manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.). Examples of the biguanide F-type epoxy compound include 8〇6, 807, and 4004P (all manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.), Epotohto YDF-170, Epotohto YDF-175S, and Epotohto YDF-2001 (all of which are Dongdu Chemical Co., Ltd.). Manufactured by the company), DER-354 (manufactured by Dow Chemical), Epiclon 830, and Epiclon 835 (all manufactured by DIC Corporation). The bisphenol type epoxy compound is, for example, an epoxidized product of 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane. Examples of the hydrogenated bisphenol-A type epoxy compound include Sun Tohto ST-3000 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), Ricaresin HBE-100 (new 曰 95 201237065 40462pif), and DENACOL EX-252 (manufactured by Nagasechemte X Corporation). The hydrogenated bisphenol type epoxy compound may, for example, be an epoxide of hydrogenated 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane. Examples of the brominated bisphenol-quinone type epoxy compound include 5050 and 5051 (all manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.), Epotohto YDB-360, and Epotohto YDB-400 (all manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DER_53〇. DER-538 (all manufactured by Dow Chemical), Epiclon® 52, and Epiclon 153 (all manufactured by DIC Corporation). Examples of the phenolic novolak-type epoxy compound include 152 and 154 (both manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.), YDPN_638 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), DEN431 and DEN438 (all manufactured by Dow Chemical), and Epiclon N. -770 (Manufactured by DIC Corporation), EPPN-201, and EPPN-202 (all manufactured by Sakamoto Chemical Co., Ltd.). Examples of the phenolic phenolic acid/varnish-type epoxy compound include i8〇S75 (manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.), YDCN-7 (H, YDCN-702 (both manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.), and Epiclon N-665. , Epiclon N-695 (both manufactured by DIC Corporation), e〇CN-102S, EOCN-103S, EOCN-104S, EOCN-1020, EOCN-1025, and EOCN-1027 (all are Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.) For the varnish-type epoxy compound, for example, i57S70 (manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.) and Epiclon N-880 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) can be cited. Examples of the epoxy compound containing a naphthalene skeleton include Epicl. 〇n

S 96 201237065 4U462pif HP-4032、Epiclon HP-4700、Epiclon HP-4770 (均為 DIC 股份有限公司製造)、以及NC-7000 (日本化藥股份有限 公司製造)。 芳香族聚縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉對苯二酚二 縮水甘油醚(下述式E101)、鄰苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下 述式E102)、間苯二酚二縮水甘油醚(下述式E103)、 三(4-縮水甘油氧基苯基)甲烷(下述式E105)、1031S、 1032H60 (均為曰本環氧樹脂公司製造)、TACTIX-742 (陶S 96 201237065 4U462pif HP-4032, Epiclon HP-4700, Epiclon HP-4770 (both manufactured by DIC Corporation), and NC-7000 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the aromatic polyglycidyl ether compound include hydroquinone diglycidyl ether (Formula E101 below), catechol diglycidyl ether (Formula E102 below), and resorcinol diglycidyl ether (bottom) E103), tris(4-glycidoxyphenyl)methane (formula E105 below), 1031S, 1032H60 (all manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.), TACTIX-742 (Tao

氏化學製造)、DENACOL EX-201 (Nagase chemteXChemical Manufacturing), DENACOL EX-201 (Nagase chemteX

Corporation 製造)、DPPN-503、DPPN-502H、DPPN-501H、 NC6000 (均為日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、Tecmoa VG3101L(三井化學股份有限公司製造)、下述式E106 所表示的化合物、以及下述式E107所表示的化合物° 97 201237065 -TV/'TVA, wii(manufactured by Corporation), DPPN-503, DPPN-502H, DPPN-501H, NC6000 (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Tecmoa VG3101L (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.), a compound represented by the following formula E106, and Compound represented by the following formula E107° 97 201237065 -TV/'TVA, wii

二環戊二烯苯酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉 TACTIX-556(陶氏化學製造)、以及 Epici〇nHP-7200(DIC 股份有限公司製造)。 脂環族二縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉環己烷二甲 醇二縮水甘油蜒化合物、以及RicaresinDME-100(新日本 理化股份有限公司製造)。 肪知t水甘油趟化合物例如可列舉乙二醇二縮 水甘油醚(下汁斗、cim?、 > ^ 式刪9)、2式E1〇8i、二乙二•二縮水甘賴(下述 A乙一醇一縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚 98 201237065 40462pif (下述式E110)、三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式Bill)、 聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚'新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式 E112)、1,4-丁二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式E113)、1,6_ 己二醇二縮水甘油醚(下述式E114)、二溴新戊二醇二縮 水甘油醚(下述式 E115)、DENACOLEX-810、DENACOL EX-851、DENACOL EX-8301、DENACOL EX-911、 DENACOL EX-920、DENACOL EX-931、DENACOL EX-211、DENACOL EX-212、DENACOL EX-313 (均為 Nagase chemteX Corporation 製造)、DD-503 (ADEKA 股 份有限公司製造)、Ricaresin W-100 (新日本理化股份有 限公司製造)、1,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基-2,4-己二醇(下述式 E116)、甘油聚縮水甘油醚、山梨糖醇聚縮水甘油醚、三 羥曱基丙烷聚縮水甘油醚、季戊四醇聚縮水甘油醚、 DENACOL EX-313 ' DENACOL EX-611 ' DENACOL EX-321、以及 DENACOL EX-411 (均為 Nagase chemteX Corporation 製造)。Examples of the dicyclopentadiene phenol type epoxy compound include TACTIX-556 (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.) and Epici〇n HP-7200 (manufactured by DIC Corporation). Examples of the alicyclic diglycidyl ether compound include a cyclohexanedimethyl diglycidyl hydrazine compound and Ricaresin DME-100 (manufactured by Shin-Nihon Chemical Co., Ltd.). Examples of the t-glycidyl hydrazine compound include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (the lower juice bucket, cim?, > ^ type 9), 2 formula E1〇8i, and diethylene bis-dihydrate. A ethyl alcohol monoglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether 98 201237065 40462pif (E110 below), tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether (Bill), polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether neopentyl glycol diglycidyl Ether (Formula E112 below), 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether (E113 below), 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether (E114 below), dibromo neopentyl glycol Glycidyl ether (Eflip E15 below), DENACOLEX-810, DENACOL EX-851, DENACOL EX-8301, DENACOL EX-911, DENACOL EX-920, DENACOL EX-931, DENACOL EX-211, DENACOL EX-212, DENACOL EX-313 (all manufactured by Nagase chemteX Corporation), DD-503 (made by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), Ricaresin W-100 (manufactured by Nippon Chemical and Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3,5,6-tetraglycidyl- 2,4-hexanediol (Formula E116 below), glycerol polyglycidyl ether, sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, trioxindole Propane polyglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether, DENACOL EX-313 'DENACOL EX-611' DENACOL EX-321, and DENACOL EX-411 (Nagase chemteX Corporation are manufactured).

S 99 201237065 40462pifS 99 201237065 40462pif

(E110)(E110)

(E111) (E112)(E111) (E112)

(E113)(E113)

(E114) /Br(E114) /Br

(E115)(E115)

(E116) 多硫化物型二縮水甘油醚化合物例如可列舉 FLDP-50、以及 FLDP-60 (均為 Toray Thi〇k〇1 c〇,Ltd 製 造)。 聯苯二酚型環氧化合物例如可列舉γχ_4〇〇〇、 YL-6121H (均為日本環氧樹脂公司製造)、NC-3000P、 以及NC-3000S (均為日本化藥股份有限公司製造)。 二縮水甘油酯化合物例如可列舉對苯二曱酸二縮水 甘油基酯(下述式Π7)、鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油基酯(下 述式Ε118)、鄰苯二甲酸雙(2-甲基環氧乙燒基甲基)醋(下 述式Ε119)、下述式Ε121所表示的化合物、下述式Ε122(E116) The polysulfide type diglycidyl ether compound may, for example, be FLDP-50 or FLDP-60 (all manufactured by Toray Thi〇k〇1 c〇, Ltd.). Examples of the biphenyldiol-based epoxy compound include γχ_4〇〇〇, YL-6121H (all manufactured by Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.), NC-3000P, and NC-3000S (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). Examples of the diglycidyl ester compound include diglycidyl terephthalate (formula 7 below), diglycidyl phthalate (formula Ε 118 below), and bis(2-methyl phthalate). a compound represented by the following formula: 121, a compound represented by the following formula Ε121, or a formula Ε122

S 100 201237065 40462pif 所表示的化合物、以及下述式E123所表示的化合物。S 100 201237065 40462pif The compound represented by the following formula and the compound represented by the following formula E123.

(E122) Ο(E122) Ο

(E123) 縮水甘油酯環氧化合物例如可列舉871、872 (均為曰 本環氧樹脂公司製造)、Epiclon 200、Epiclon 400 (均為 DIC股份有限公司製造)、DEnac〇L EX-711、以及 DENACOL EX-721 (均為 Nagase chemteX Corporation 製 造)。 聚縮水甘油胺化合物例如可列舉Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基 苯胺(下述式Ε124)、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-鄰曱苯胺(下 述式Ε125)、Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基-間甲苯胺(下述式Ε126)、 Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基·2,4,6-三溴苯胺(下述式E127 )、3-(Ν,Ν- 101 201237065 二縮水甘油基)胺基丙基二曱氧基碎炫* (下述式E128)、 Ν,Ν,0-三縮水甘油基_對胺基苯紛(下述式E129)、Ν,Ν,0-三縮水甘油基-間胺基苯紛(下述式拉3〇)、N,N,N’,N’_四 縮水甘油基-間苯二曱胺(TETRAD_X (三菱瓦斯化學股份 有限公司製造)、下述式E132)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油 基胺基甲基)環己烷(TETRAD-C (三菱瓦斯化學股份有限 公司製造)、下述式E133)、丨,4-雙(N,N二縮水甘油基胺 基曱基)環己烷(下述式E134)、込3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油 基胺基)環己烷(下述式E135)、丨,4-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油 基胺基)環己烷(下述式E136)、丨,3-雙(N,N_二縮水甘油 基胺基)苯(下述式E137)、丨,4·雙(N,N_二縮水甘油基胺 基)苯(下述式E138)、2,6-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基曱 基)雙環[2.2.1]庚烷(下述式E139)、N,N,N',N’-四縮水甘 油基-4,4,-二胺基二環己基曱烷(下述式E140)、2,2’_二甲 基-(N,N,N,,N,-四縮水甘油基二胺基聯苯(下述式 E141 )、N,N,N’,N’-四縮水甘油基_4,4'-二胺基二苯基趟(下 述式E142)、1,3,5-三(4-(凡>1-二縮水甘油基)胺基苯氧基) 苯(下述式E143)、2,4,4,-三(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基胺基)二 苯基醚(下述式Ε144)、三(4-(Ν,Ν-二縮水甘油基)胺基苯 基)甲炫(下述式Ε145)、3,4,3’,4’-四(>^-二縮水甘油基 胺基)聯苯(下述式Ε146)、^,^,心四⑼以-二縮水甘油 基胺基)二苯基醚(下述式Ε147)、下述式Ε148所表示的 化合物、以及下述式Ε149所表示的化合物。(E123) Examples of the glycidyl ester epoxy compound include 871, 872 (both manufactured by Sakamoto Epoxy Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 200, Epiclon 400 (all manufactured by DIC Corporation), and DEnac® L EX-711, and DENACOL EX-721 (both manufactured by Nagase chemteX Corporation). Examples of the polyglycidylamine compound include hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidylaniline (hereinafter referred to as Ε124), hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl-o-anilide (the following formula Ε125), hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidylglycerol. Base-m-toluidine (formula 126 below), hydrazine, hydrazine-diglycidyl 2,4,6-tribromoaniline (E127 below), 3-(Ν,Ν- 101 201237065 diglycidyl Aminopropyl dimethoxy group (*E128), hydrazine, hydrazine, 0-triglycidyl-p-aminobenzene (E129 below), hydrazine, hydrazine, 0-tri-shrink Glyceryl-m-aminobenzene (hereinafter, 3 〇), N, N, N', N'_tetraglycidyl-m-benzoic acid (TETRAD_X (Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), under Illustrative formula E132), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane (TETRAD-C (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), the following formula E133), 丨, 4 - bis(N,N diglycidylamino fluorenyl)cyclohexane (Formula E134 below), 込3-bis(N,N-diglycidylamino)cyclohexane (Formula E135 below) , hydrazine, 4-bis(N,N-diglycidylamino)cyclohexane (Formula E136 below), , 3-bis(N,N-diglycidylamino)benzene (Formula E137 below), hydrazine, 4·bis(N,N-diglycidylamino)benzene (Formula E138 below), 2 , 6-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminoindenyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (Formula E139 below), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-4, 4,-Diaminodicyclohexyldecane (Formula E140 below), 2,2'-Dimethyl-(N,N,N,,N,-tetraglycidyldiaminebiphenyl (described below) Formula E141), N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl_4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene (E142 below), 1,3,5-tri (4- (art > 1- diglycidyl)aminophenoxy) benzene (Formula E143 below), 2,4,4,-Tris(Ν,Ν-diglycidylamino)diphenyl ether (described below) Ε144), tris(4-(Ν, Ν-diglycidyl)aminophenyl)methanthine (the following formula Ε145), 3,4,3',4'-four (>^- condensed water a compound represented by the following formula: 148, glycerylamino)biphenyl (the following formula: 146), ^, ^, tetrakis(9)- diglycidylamino) diphenyl ether (hereinafter, Ε 147), And a compound represented by the following formula 149.

S 102 201237065S 102 201237065

(E124) (E125) (E126)(E124) (E125) (E126)

BrBr

(Ε128) (Ε129)(Ε128) (Ε129)

(Ε136) (Ε137) 103 201237065 40462pif(Ε136) (Ε137) 103 201237065 40462pif

(E140) (E141)(E140) (E141)

s 201237065 40462pifs 201237065 40462pif

(E148) /-4 具有環氧乙烷基的單體的均聚物例如可列舉聚(甲基 丙烯酸縮水甘油酯)。具有所述環氧乙烷基的單體的共聚物 例如可列舉N-苯基馬來醯亞胺-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酿共 聚物、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚 物、甲基丙烯酸苄酯-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、曱基 丙烯酸丁酯-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、曱基丙烯酸 -2-羥基乙酯-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、甲基丙稀酸 (3-乙基-3-環氧丙基)曱S旨-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酷共聚 物、以及苯乙烯-甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物。 105 201237065 ΗΌΗΌΔρίΙ * i 氧乙烷基的單體例如可列舉(曱基)丙烯酸縮水 甲基)丙烯酸-3,4_環氧環己醋、以及(甲基)丙烯酸 曱基細水甘油醋。 具有環氧乙烧基的單體的共㈣中的所述具有環氧 乙烧基的單體以外的其他單體例如可列舉(曱基)丙稀酸、 (甲基)丙烯酸曱K曱基W烯酸乙_、(曱基)丙烯酸異丙 H曱基)丙烯酸丁醋、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁醋、(曱基)丙烯 酉夂第二丁酿、(甲基)丙烯酸環己§旨、(甲基)丙烯酸节基醋、 (曱基)丙烯酸-2-經基乙@旨、(曱基)丙婦酸_2經基丙醋、苯 乙^曱基笨乙烯、氣甲基笨乙烯、(曱基)丙烯酸(3_乙基 ^ ί衣氧丙基)曱S日、N·%己基馬來醯亞胺、以及N 爽醯亞脍。 、、妓縮水甘油基異三聚級Θ旨例如可翁1,3,5·三縮水i 油土-1,3,5-二嗪_2,4,6仙,311,511)-三_ (下述式 E150) 1」3縮水甘油基.5_烯丙基_13,5_三嗪_2,识m,3H,犯 同下述式E151)、以及縮水甘油基異三聚氰酸支 氧樹脂。(E148) /-4 A homopolymer of a monomer having an oxiranyl group is exemplified by poly(glycidyl methacrylate). The copolymer of the monomer having the oxiranyl group may, for example, be N-phenylmaleimide-mercaptoacrylic acid glycidyl brew copolymer, N-cyclohexylmaleimide-mercaptoacrylic acid shrinkage Glyceride copolymer, benzyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, butyl methacrylate-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate-glycidyl glycerol Ester copolymer, methyl acrylate (3-ethyl-3-epoxypropyl) oxime S - methacrylic acid glycidyl cool copolymer, and styrene-glycidyl methacrylate copolymer. 105 201237065 ΗΌΗΌΔρίΙ * i The oxyethylene group-containing monomer may, for example, be (meth)acrylic acid-reduced methyl)acrylic acid-3,4-epoxycyclohexanoic acid, and (meth)acrylic acid-based fine glycerin vinegar. Examples of the monomer other than the monomer having an ethylene oxide group in the common (IV) of the monomer having an epoxy group are exemplified by (mercapto)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid 曱K fluorenyl group. W olefinic acid, isopropyl (hydrazino) isopropyl H hydrazide butyl acrylate, (butyl) methacrylate, (fluorenyl) propylene oxime, second butyl, (meth) acrylate Purpose, (meth)acrylic acid-based vinegar, (mercapto)acrylic acid-2-ylaminoacetate@(,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Stupid ethylene, (mercapto)acrylic acid (3_ethyl methoxypropyl) 曱S day, N·% hexylmaleimide, and N 醯 醯 脍. , 妓 水 水 异 异 异 例如 例如 例如 例如 例如 例如 例如 例如 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1, 3, 3 (Formula E150 below) 1"3 glycidyl.5-allyl_13,5-triazine_2, knowing m, 3H, with the following formula E151), and glycidyl isocyanuric acid Oxygenated resin.

鏈狀月曰肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉環氧化聚丁二The epoxidized polybutylene

S 106 201237065 婦、以及Ep〇leadPB3_ (大賽路化學工業股份有限 製造)。 環狀脂肪族型環氧化合物例如可列舉2_甲基4产 氧環己基甲基-2’·甲基-3’,4’·環氧基環己基甲酸酯(下述= E153)、2,3_環氧環纽·2,,3,_環氧環戊㈣(下述^ Ε154)、ε·己内酯改質3,4_環氧環己基甲基_3,,4,_環氧環"己 烧竣酸醋、1,2:8,9-二環氧檸檬烯(cell〇xide3〇00 (大^璐 化學工業股份有限公司製造)、3,4-環氧環己烯基甲基_3,,4,-環氧環己烯甲酸酯(Celloxide 2021P (大賽璐化學工業股 份有限公司製造)、下述式E155)、下述式E156所表示 的化合物、CY-175、CY-177、CY-179 (构為汽巴-嘉基化 學公司(The Ciba-Geigy Chemical Corp.)製造(可自亨斯 邁曰本公司(Huntsman Japan K.K.)獲得))、EHPD·3150 (大賽璐化學工業股份有限公司製造)、以及環狀脂肪族 型環氧樹脂。S 106 201237065 Women, and Ep〇leadPB3_ (Dasailu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). Examples of the cyclic aliphatic epoxy compound include 2-methyl-4-oxocyclohexylmethyl-2'-methyl-3', 4'-epoxycyclohexylcarboxylate (described below = E153). 2,3_epoxy ring New 2,3,_epoxycyclopentane (tetra) (described below Ε 154), ε·caprolactone modified 3,4_epoxycyclohexylmethyl_3,, 4, _ Epoxy ring " 竣 竣 竣 vinegar, 1,2:8,9-diepoxy limonene (cell 〇xide3〇00 (manufactured by Dazu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 3,4-epoxy ring Alkenylmethyl-3,4,-epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate (Celloxide 2021P (manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), the following formula E155), a compound represented by the following formula E156, CY- 175, CY-177, CY-179 (constructed by The Ciba-Geigy Chemical Corp. (available from Huntsman Japan KK), EHPD·3150 (Manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and a cyclic aliphatic epoxy resin.

而且,例如本發明的液晶配向劑遥< r ' y -有各 107 201237065 種添加劑。各種添加劑例如可列舉聚醯胺酸及其衍生物以 外的高分子化合物及低分子化合物,可根據各自的目的而 選擇使用。 例如’所述高分子化合物可列舉在有機溶劑中為可溶 性的高分子化合物。自控制所形成的液晶配向膜的電氣特 性或配向性的觀點考慮,優選將此種高分子化合物添加於 本發明的液配向劑中。S亥向分子化合物例如可列舉聚酿 胺、1|女知、^^脲、聚自旨、聚環氧化物、聚醋多元醇、聚 矽氧改質聚胺酯、以及聚矽氧改質聚酯。 而且,作為所述低分子化合物,例如可列舉丨)當期 望提高塗布性時用來實現該目的之表面活性劑、2)當必須 提高抗靜電時為抗靜.電劑、3)當期望提高與基板的密著性 時為石夕烧偶合劑或鈦系偶合劑、而且,4 )當在低溫下進行 醯亞胺化的情況時為醯亞胺化觸媒。 矽烷偶合劑例如可列舉乙烯基三曱氧基矽烷、乙烯基 三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二曱氧基 矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)_3_胺基丙基曱基三甲氧基矽烷、對 胺基苯基三曱氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、間胺 基苯基三曱氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3_胺基 丙基二甲氧基♦烧、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基碎烧、3-縮水甘 油氧基丙基三T氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲 氧基矽烧、3-氣丙基曱基二甲氧基矽烷、3_氯丙基三曱氧 基矽烧、3-曱基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_巯基丙 基三曱氧基矽烷、N-(l,3-二曱基亞丁基)-3-(三乙氧基矽烷Further, for example, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention has < r ' y - each having 107 201237065 kinds of additives. Examples of the various additives include a polymer compound and a low molecular compound other than polyglycine and a derivative thereof, and can be selected and used according to the respective purposes. For example, the polymer compound may be a polymer compound which is soluble in an organic solvent. From the viewpoint of controlling the electrical characteristics or the alignment property of the liquid crystal alignment film formed, it is preferred to add such a polymer compound to the liquid alignment agent of the present invention. The S-way molecular compound may, for example, be a polystyrene, a 1; a female, a urea, a polyepoxide, a polyacetate, a polyoxyl modified polyurethane, and a polyoxygen modified polyester. . Further, as the low molecular compound, for example, a surfactant which is used for achieving the object when it is desired to improve coatability, 2) an antistatic agent when it is necessary to improve antistatic property, and 3) when it is desired to improve The adhesion to the substrate is a sulphur coupling agent or a titanium coupling agent, and 4) when the hydrazine imidization is carried out at a low temperature, it is a ruthenium-based catalyst. Examples of the decane coupling agent include vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyl decyloxy decane, and N-( 2-Aminoethyl)_3_aminopropylmercaptotrimethoxydecane, p-aminophenyltrimethoxyoxane, p-aminophenyltriethoxydecane, m-aminophenyltrioxane Base decane, m-aminophenyl triethoxy decane, 3-aminopropyl dimethoxy oxime, 3-aminopropyl triethoxy pulverization, 3-glycidoxy propyl tri Oxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysulfonium, 3-apropylpropylmercaptodimethoxydecane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxyoxyzole, 3-mercapto Propylene methoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxy decane, N-(l,3-dimercaptobutylene)-3-(triethoxydecane

S 108 201237065 40462pif 基)-1-丙基胺、以及N,N’-雙[3-(三曱氧基矽烷基)丙基]乙二 胺。優選的矽烷偶合劑是3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷。 醯亞胺化觸媒例如可列舉三曱胺、三乙胺、三丙胺、 三丁胺等脂肪族胺類;N,N-二曱基苯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基苯 胺、經曱基取代的苯胺、經羥基取代的苯胺等芳香族胺類; 吡啶、經甲基取代的吡啶、經羥基取代的吡啶、喹啉、經 曱基取代的喹啉、經羥基取代的喹啉、異喹啉、經曱基取 代的異喹琳、經羥基取代的異喹淋、咪唑、經曱基取代的 咪唑、經羥基取代的咪唑等環式胺類。所述醯亞胺化觸媒 優選為選自Ν,Ν-二曱基笨胺、鄰羥基苯胺、間羥基苯胺、 對羥基苯胺、鄰羥基吡啶、間羥基吡啶、對羥基吡啶、以 及異喹啉的一種或二種以上。 矽烷偶合劑的添加量通常為聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的 總重量的0 wt%〜20 wt〇/。,優選為〇.! wt%〜1〇 wt%。 醯亞胺化觸媒的添加量通常相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍 生物的羰基而言為0.01當量〜5當量,優選為0 05當量〜 3當量。 分其他添加劑的添加量因其用途而異,但通常為聚醯胺 酸或其衍生物的總重量的〇 wt%〜1〇〇 wt%,優選為〇」 wt%〜50 wt%。 ^而且,例如本發明的液晶配向劑可於不損及本發明的 效果,範圍(優選為所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的2。加%以 内的量)内進一步含有丙烯酸聚合物、丙烯酸酯聚合物、 以及四紐二軒、二賊或其衍生物與二胺的反應生成物S 108 201237065 40462pif)-1-propylamine, and N,N'-bis[3-(tridecyloxydecyl)propyl]ethylenediamine. A preferred decane coupling agent is 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane. Examples of the ruthenium-based catalyst include aliphatic amines such as tridecylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and tributylamine; N,N-dimercaptoaniline, anthracene, fluorene-diethylaniline, and mercapto group. Aromatic amines such as substituted anilines, hydroxy-substituted anilines; pyridine, methyl-substituted pyridine, hydroxy-substituted pyridine, quinoline, fluorenyl-substituted quinoline, hydroxy-substituted quinoline, iso-quinoline a porphyrin, a hydrazino-substituted isoquineline, a hydroxy-substituted isoquinoline, an imidazole, a mercapto-substituted imidazole, a hydroxy-substituted imidazole, and the like. The quinone imidization catalyst is preferably selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, hydrazine-dimercaptoalkylamine, o-hydroxyaniline, m-hydroxyaniline, p-hydroxyaniline, o-hydroxypyridine, m-hydroxypyridine, p-hydroxypyridine, and isoquinoline. One or more of them. The decane coupling agent is usually added in an amount of from 0 wt% to 20 wt% per total weight of the polyaminic acid or its derivative. , preferably 〇.! wt%~1〇 wt%. The amount of the ruthenium-imidation catalyst to be added is usually 0.01 equivalent to 5 equivalents, preferably 0 5 equivalents to 3 equivalents, per mole of the carbonyl group of the poly-proline or its derivative. The amount of the other additives to be added varies depending on the use thereof, but is usually 〇 wt% to 1% by weight based on the total weight of the polyglycine or a derivative thereof, preferably 〇% to 50% by weight. Further, for example, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain an acrylic polymer in a range (preferably within an amount of 2% by weight of the polyamido acid or a derivative thereof) without impairing the effects of the present invention. Acrylate polymer, and a reaction product of a tetranuclear acid, a second thief or a derivative thereof and a diamine

S 109 201237065 40462pif 即聚醯胺醯亞胺等其他聚合物成分。 而且,例如自液晶配向劑的塗布性或所述聚醯胺酸或 其衍生物的濃度的調整的觀點考慮,本發明的液晶配向劑 還可以進一步含有溶劑。所述溶劑只要是具有溶解高分子 成分的能力的溶劑,則可以無特別限制地應用。所述溶劑 廣泛包括聚醯胺酸、可溶性聚醯亞胺等在高分子成分的製 造步驟或用途方面所通常使用的溶劑,可根據使用目的而 適宜選擇。所述溶劑可以是1種也可以是2種以上的混合 溶劑。 溶劑可列舉所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的親溶劑或者 以改善塗布性為目的之其他溶劑。 作為相對於聚醯胺酸或其衍生物而言為親溶劑的非 質子性極性有機溶劑可列舉:N_甲基_2_吡咯烷酮、二曱義 味唾琳酮、N•甲基己内醯胺、N_甲基_胺、NN_二 =胺:二甲基亞礙、n,n-二甲基甲醯胺、砂二乙基i 胺、—乙基乙醯胺、丁内酯等内酯。 酸燒的之其他溶劑的例子可列舉:乳 ,燒基趟(乙二醇單丁喊等)、二乙二醇 乙〜醇單乙醚等)、乙二醇 土k (二 二醇輩栌m 畔早烷基或本基醚乙酸酯、:r 單丙,燒基醚(丙二醇單甲鍵、丙1 ^秘荨)、丙二酸二烧基醋(丙二酸二 内-释 烷基趟(二丙二醇單甲喊等 的二兩 1日頰等酯化合物。 ―化^1物的乙酸 201237065 40462pif 這些化合物中’所述溶劑特別優選為N-曱基-2-吸^各 烷酮、二甲基咪唑啉酮、γ-丁内酯、乙二醇單丁醚、二乙 二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、以及二丙二 醇單曱鱗。 在本發明中,液晶配向劑中的包含所述聚醯胺酸或其 衍生物的高分子成分的濃度並無特別限定,優選為0.1 wt% 〜40 wt°/。。當將該液晶配向劑塗布於基板上時,有時為了 調整膜厚而必須進行將所含有的高分子成分預先用溶劑加 以稀釋的操作。此時,自將液晶配向劑的黏度調整為適於 將溶劑容易地混合於液晶配向劑中的黏度的觀點考慮,優 選所述高分子成分的濃度為40 wt%以下。 而且,還存在根據液晶配向劑的塗布方法而調整液晶 配向劑中的所述高分子成分的濃度的情況。液晶配向劑的 塗布方法為旋塗法或印刷法時,為了良好地保持膜厚,多 數情況下使所述高分子成分的濃度通常為1〇 wt%以下。也 ~7以用其他塗布方法、例如浸潰法或喷墨法而進一步降低 》農度另一方面,如果所述局分子成分的濃度為〇.1 wt% 以上’則所得的液晶配向膜的膜厚容易變得最適宜。因此, 所述高分子成分的濃度在通常的旋塗法或印刷法等中為 0.1 wt%以上,優選為〇 5 wt%〜10 wt%。然而,也可以根 據液晶配向劑的塗布方法而以更低的濃度使用。 另外’在液晶配向膜的製作中使用的情況下,本發明 的液晶配向劑的黏度可以根據形成該液晶配向劑膜的手段 或方法而決定。例如,在使用印刷機而形成液晶配向劑膜 111 201237065 的情況下,自獲得充分的膜厚的觀點考慮’優選為5 mPa · s以上,而且自抑制印刷不均的觀點考慮,優選為1〇〇 mPa · s以下,更優選為1〇 mPa · s〜80 mPa · s。在利用旋 塗來塗布液晶配向劑而形成液晶配向劑膜的情況下,自同 樣的觀點考慮,優選為5 mPa . s〜200 mPa · s,更優選為 10mPa · s〜i〇〇mPa · s。液晶配向劑的黏度可以通過利用 溶劑進行稀釋或伴隨著攪拌的熟化(curing)而降低。 本發明的液晶配向劑可以是含有1種聚醯胺酸或其衍 生物的形態,也可以是2種以上聚醯胺酸或其衍生物混合 而成的所謂聚合物共混物的形態。 本發明的液晶配向膜是對本發明的液晶配向劑的塗 膜進行加熱而形成的膜,如前文所述,在對塗膜進行加熱 之前或之後而照射紫外線的直線偏光。 所述塗膜可與通常的液晶配向膜的製作同樣地將本 發明的液晶配向劑塗布於液晶顯示元件的基板上而形成。 所述基板可列舉也可以設置IT〇 (IndiumTin〇xide,氧化 姻錫)電極等電極或彩色滤光片等的玻璃製的基板。 將液晶配向劑塗布於基板上的方法通常已知有旋塗 法、印刷法、浸潰法、滴下法、噴墨法等 以同樣地適用於本發明令。 水H 可以在料㈣㈣或其射物呈現脫 2反朗賴的條件τ進行。所述 紅外μ進行加熱處理的方法、在匕板 上進仃加熱處理时料。這齡法也可關樣地適用於S 109 201237065 40462pif Other polymer components such as polyamidoximine. Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may further contain a solvent, for example, from the viewpoint of applicability of the liquid crystal alignment agent or adjustment of the concentration of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it has a solvent having the ability to dissolve a polymer component. The solvent widely includes a solvent which is usually used in the production step or use of a polymer component, such as polyglycolic acid or soluble polyimine, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose of use. The solvent may be one type or a mixture of two or more types. The solvent may, for example, be a solvophilic agent of the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof or another solvent for the purpose of improving coatability. Examples of the aprotic polar organic solvent which is a solvating solvent with respect to polyamic acid or a derivative thereof include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, diterpene sulphonin, and N-methyl hexanone. Amine, N-methyl-amine, NN_di-amine: dimethyl sulfoxide, n, n-dimethylformamide, tert-diethylamine, ethylethylamine, butyrolactone, etc. Lactone. Examples of the other solvent for the acid burning include milk, calcined hydrazine (ethylene glycol monobutyl sulfonate, etc.), diethylene glycol ethyl alcohol monoethyl ether, etc., and ethylene glycol soil k (didiol generation 栌m) Pre-alkyl or benzyl ether acetate, :r monopropyl, alkyl ether (propylene glycol monomethyl bond, C 1 ^ secret), malonic acid dialkyl vinegar (malonate di-internal alkyl)趟 (dipropylene glycol monomethyst, etc., two-and-a-half-day buccal ester compounds, etc. - acetic acid 201237065 40462pif in these compounds, the solvent is particularly preferably N-mercapto-2-isopropanone, Dimethylimidazolidinone, γ-butyrolactone, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and dipropylene glycol monoterpene scale. In the present invention, liquid crystal The concentration of the polymer component containing the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof in the alignment agent is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 wt% to 40 wt%. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied onto a substrate, In order to adjust the film thickness, it is necessary to perform an operation of diluting the polymer component contained in the solvent with a solvent in advance. The viscosity of the agent is adjusted to a viscosity suitable for easily mixing the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the concentration of the polymer component is preferably 40% by weight or less. Further, there is also a method of adjusting the coating method according to the liquid crystal alignment agent. The concentration of the polymer component in the liquid crystal alignment agent. When the method of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent is a spin coating method or a printing method, in order to maintain the film thickness favorably, the concentration of the polymer component is usually usually 1〇wt% or less. Also ~7 is further reduced by other coating methods such as dipping or ink jet method. On the other hand, if the concentration of the local molecular component is 〇.1 wt% or more ' The film thickness of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film is easily optimized. Therefore, the concentration of the polymer component is 0.1 wt% or more, preferably 〇5 wt% to 10 wt%, in a usual spin coating method, printing method, or the like. However, it can also be used at a lower concentration according to the coating method of the liquid crystal alignment agent. Further, in the case of being used in the production of a liquid crystal alignment film, the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be determined according to the shape. In the case of forming a liquid crystal alignment agent film 111 201237065 using a printing machine, it is preferably 5 mPa·s or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a sufficient film thickness, and From the viewpoint of suppressing printing unevenness, it is preferably 1 μmPa·s or less, and more preferably 1 μmPa·s to 80 mPa·s. In the case where a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied by spin coating to form a liquid crystal alignment agent film. From the same viewpoint, it is preferably 5 mPa·s to 200 mPa·s, more preferably 10 mPa·s~i〇〇mPa·s. The viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent can be diluted by using a solvent or ripening with stirring. (curing) and lower. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may be in the form of a polyglycine or a derivative thereof, or a form of a so-called polymer blend in which two or more kinds of polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof are mixed. The liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is a film formed by heating a coating film of the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention, and as described above, linearly polarized light which is irradiated with ultraviolet rays before or after heating the coating film. The coating film can be formed by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention to a substrate of a liquid crystal display element in the same manner as in the production of a normal liquid crystal alignment film. The substrate may be a glass substrate such as an electrode such as an IT (Indium Tin Oxide) electrode or a color filter. A method of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent onto a substrate is generally known as a spin coating method, a printing method, a dipping method, a dropping method, an ink jet method, or the like, and is similarly applied to the present invention. The water H can be carried out in the condition (4) (4) or in the case where the projectile exhibits a condition 2 of detachment. The infrared μ is subjected to a heat treatment, and the material is heated on the raft. This age method can also be applied to

112 S 201237065112 S 201237065

=:3中小:常優_靴〜靴左右的溫度下進行! 以外的其他^己=可以藉由進一步包含前述步驟 舉使所述塗膜乾燥的步驟得。此種其他步驟可列 雖然並不必$用、1、土γL另外,本發明的液晶配向膜 洗的步驟,㈣料賴碰㈣進行清 乾燥牛驄盘Γ 並不妨礙設置清洗步驟。 或紅外爐ΐι-、/燒步_#地通常已知有在烘箱 ^ m 仃加熱處理的方法、在加熱板上進行加埶處 這些方法也可以同樣地適用於所述乾燥ί驟 中。乾燥步驟優選在溶劑可蒸發的範圍⑽溫度下實施, 更,選在相對於所職燒步驟中的溫度而言比較低的溫度 下實施。 ^ 利用清洗液的清洗方法可列舉:刷洗(bmshing)、 噴霧(jet spray)、蒸汽清洗或超聲波清洗等。這些方法可 以單獨進行,也可以並用。清洗液可使用純水,或者曱醇、 乙醇、異丙醇等各種醇類,苯、甲苯、二曱苯等芳香族烴 類,二氣甲烧等鹵素系溶劑,丙酮、丁 g同等嗣類,但並不 限定於這些清洗液。當然,這些清洗液需使用經過充分純 化的雜質少的清洗液。此種清洗方法還可以適用於本發明 的液晶配向膜的形成中的所述清洗步驟中。 本發明的液晶配向膜的膜厚並無特別的限定,優選為 10 nm〜300 nm,更優選為30 nm〜150 nm。本發明的液晶 配向膜的膜厚可以使用輪廓儀(profilometer )或糖圓儀 113 201237065 wwzpxt (ellipsometer )等公知的膜厚測定裝置而進行測定。 本發明的液晶顯示元件具有一對基板、含有液晶分子 且形成於所述一對基板之間的液晶層、對液晶層施加電壓 的電極、以及使所述液晶分子配向為預定方向的液晶配向 膜。所述液晶配向膜使用前述的本發明的液晶配向膜。 基板可以使用在本發明的液晶配向膜中所述的玻璃 製的基板’所述電極可以使用如本發明的液晶配向膜中所 述那樣形成在玻璃製的基板上的ITO電極。 液晶層由被密封在以如下方式而對向的一對基板間 的間隙的液晶組成物而形成:所述一對基板的其中一個基 板的形成有液晶配向膜的面朝向另一個基板。 液晶組成物並無特別的限制,可使用介電各向異性 (dieleCtricanisotropy)為正或負的各種液晶組成物。介電 各向異性為正的優選的液晶組成物可列舉:日本專利 3086228號公報、日本專利第2635435號公報、日本專利 特表平5-501735號公報、日本專利特開平8_157826號公 報、日本專利特開平8_23聽號公報、日本專利特開平 =a4243^=Em5272A1說明書)、日本專利特開 千9-302346旎公報⑽〇64_說 開平鶴8號公報(EP722998A1說日 9-235552 , 報、日本專利特開伞〇 Α Μ、日;號公報(ΕΡ885271Α1說明 2 開平 1〇·204016 號公報 _29Α1 。月曰)日本專利特開平關4436號公報、日本專利 114 201237065 40462pif 特開平10-231482 報、日本專利特開 物。 號公報、日本專利特開2000-087040公 2〇01_48822公報等中揭示的液晶組成 專利特開;77:為負的優選的液晶組成物可列舉:曰本 公報、日本專舰號公報、日本專利特開平2奶5號 咐利特開平 專#ίο μ本專制平8韻869號公報、日本 =二:=:、曰本專利特開平心 開平10-23699。,八二’Ί6989 *公報、日本專利特 報、曰本專利特門^^、^本專利特開平W姻92號公 1〇-_4號公“本專:t公報、曰本專利特開平 本專利特開平1。-二報 本專利特開平 10-237076號公報、n 士車本專利特開平 (EP967261A1說明蚩)開平1〇-237448號公報 報、曰本專利特開平平::號公 1〇_2剛45號公報、口士奎灿 報曰本專利特開平 本專利特Η工報本專特開平11-029581號公報、日 專利特開娜〇72626專^寺開2〇01彻65公報、日本 公報等中揭示的液曰本專利一 P使在w電各向異性為正或負晶組成物_添加1 201237065 4〇462pif 種以上光學活性化合物而使用也都可以。 本發明的液晶顯示元件可藉由如下方式而獲得:於一 對基板的至少一者形成本發明的液晶配向膜,使所得的一 對基板以液晶配向膜朝内的方式介隔間隔件而對向,在基 板間所形成的間隙中封入液晶組成物而形成液晶層。在本 發明的液晶顯示元件的製造中,還可以視需要包含在基板 上貼附偏光膜等更進一步的步驟。 一本發明的液晶顯示元件可形成各種電場方式用液晶 顯不元件。此種電場方式用液晶顯示元件可列舉:相對於 所述基板的表面而言在水平方向上以所述電極對所述液晶 層施加電壓的橫向電場方式用液晶顯示元件、或者相對於 所述基板的表面而言在垂直方向上以所述電極對所述液晶 層施加電壓的縱向電場方式用液晶顯示元件。 將本發明的液晶配向劑作為原料製作而成的液晶配 向膜可以藉由適宜選擇作為其顧的聚合物,而適用於各 種顯示驅動方式的液晶顯示元件中。 本發明的液晶顯示元件還可以進一步具有上述構成 ,素以外的要素。作為此種其他構成要素,在本發明的液 晶顯示^件巾還可^安裝偏絲(偏絲)、錄板(wave P te)光政射膜、驅動電路等在液晶顯示元件中通常使 用的構成要素。 [實例] 所二化==發明加以說明。另外’在實例中=: 3 medium and small: Changyou _ boots ~ boots around the temperature at the temperature! Other than the other = can be further included by the above steps to lift the coating film. Such other steps may be omitted, although it is not necessary to use 1, the soil γL, the liquid crystal alignment film washing step of the present invention, and (4) the drying of the burdock tray to prevent the setting of the cleaning step. Or the infrared furnace ΐ-, / burning step _# is generally known to have a heat treatment in an oven, and a method of heating on a hot plate. These methods are equally applicable to the drying. The drying step is preferably carried out at a temperature (10) at which the solvent can evaporate, and more preferably at a relatively low temperature relative to the temperature in the burn-in step. ^ Cleaning methods using cleaning liquids include: bmshing, jet spray, steam cleaning or ultrasonic cleaning. These methods can be carried out either alone or in combination. The cleaning liquid may be pure water, or various alcohols such as decyl alcohol, ethanol, and isopropanol, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and diphenylbenzene, halogen solvents such as dimethyl ketone, acetone, and glycerol. However, it is not limited to these cleaning solutions. Of course, these cleaning fluids require the use of a cleaning fluid that is sufficiently purified with less impurities. This cleaning method can also be applied to the cleaning step in the formation of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 nm to 300 nm, and more preferably 30 nm to 150 nm. The film thickness of the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention can be measured by using a known film thickness measuring device such as a profilometer or a sugar meter 113 201237065 wwzpxt (ellipsometer). A liquid crystal display device of the present invention has a pair of substrates, a liquid crystal layer containing liquid crystal molecules and formed between the pair of substrates, an electrode for applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer, and a liquid crystal alignment film for aligning the liquid crystal molecules in a predetermined direction . The liquid crystal alignment film uses the aforementioned liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The substrate may be a glass substrate as described in the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The electrode may be an ITO electrode formed on a glass substrate as described in the liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention. The liquid crystal layer is formed of a liquid crystal composition sealed in a gap between a pair of substrates opposed to each other, wherein a surface of one of the pair of substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed faces the other substrate. The liquid crystal composition is not particularly limited, and various liquid crystal compositions having positive or negative dielectric anisotropy can be used. A preferred liquid crystal composition having a positive dielectric anisotropy is exemplified by Japanese Patent No. 3086228, Japanese Patent No. 2635435, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 5-501735, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 8-157826, and Japanese Patent. Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 8_23, Japanese Patent Special Openance = a4243^=Em5272A1, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-302346旎 (10)〇64_ Sakai Kaihe No. 8 Bulletin (EP722998A1, 9-235552, Japan, Japan) Patent special open umbrella Μ 日 日 日 ; ; ; 日 日 日 日 日 ; ; ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ ΕΡ 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰The liquid crystal composition patent disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-087040, No. 2000-48822, and the like, and the liquid crystal composition patents disclosed in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-087040, and the like. Ship number bulletin, Japanese patent special Kaiping 2 milk No. 5 咐利特开平专#ίο μ本本制平8韵869号, Japan = two: =:, 曰本专利专开平心平平10-23699 , 八二'Ί6989 *Gazette, Japanese Patent Special Report, 曰本专利特门^^,^ This patent special open flat W marriage 92 No. 1 〇-_4 public "This special: t bulletin, 曰本 patent special open patent Special Kaiping 1.-Two newspapers Patent Special Publication No. 10-237076, n Shishiben Patent Special Kaiping (EP967261A1 Description 开) Kaiping 1〇-237448 Gazette, 曰本专利专开平平::号公1〇 _2 just 45th bulletin, koushikui can report this patent special open flat patent special report newspaper special open Kaiping 11-029581 bulletin, Japanese patent special open Nag 〇 72626 special ^ temple open 2 〇 01 彻 65 bulletin Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. P discloses that the optically anisotropic composition is a positive or negative crystal composition. The addition of 1 201237065 4〇462pif or more optically active compound can be used. The device can be obtained by forming a liquid crystal alignment film of the present invention on at least one of a pair of substrates, and causing the pair of substrates to be opposed to each other with the spacer facing inward with the liquid crystal alignment film facing inward, between the substrates A liquid crystal composition is sealed in the formed gap to form a liquid crystal layer. In the production of the liquid crystal display device of the invention, a further step of attaching a polarizing film to the substrate may be included as needed. A liquid crystal display element of the present invention can form various liquid crystal display elements for electric field mode. The liquid crystal display element may be a liquid crystal display element for applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer with the electrode in a horizontal direction with respect to a surface of the substrate, or with respect to a surface of the substrate A liquid crystal display element is used in the vertical direction in which a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal layer by the electrodes in the vertical direction. The liquid crystal alignment film produced by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention as a raw material can be suitably used in liquid crystal display elements of various display driving methods by appropriately selecting a polymer as a polymer. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention may further have the above-described constitution and elements other than the above. As such other constituent elements, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device such as a polarizing wire (partial wire), a wave plate optical optical film, and a driving circuit. Elements. [Examples] The secondization == invention is explained. In addition' in the example

S 116 201237065 <四羧酸二酐> 酸二酐(Al) : 1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 酸二酐(A2):均苯四甲酸二酐 酸二酐(A3) : 1,2,3,4-四曱基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸 二酐 <二胺> 二胺(Dl) :N,N’-雙(4-胺基苯基)-NV-二曱基乙二 胺 二胺(D2) :N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)呱嗪 二胺(D3) :4,4·-二胺基二苯基曱烷 二胺(D4) : 3,3’-二胺基二苯基曱烷 二胺(D5) : 1,4-苯二胺 二胺(D6) : 4,4’-二胺基偶氮苯 二胺(D7) : 4,4’-二胺基二苯基胺 <溶劑> N-曱基-2-吡咯烷酮:NMP 丁基溶纖劑(乙二醇單丁醚):BC <添加劑> 添加劑(Adi):雙[4-(烯丙基雙環[2.2_1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)苯基]曱烷 添加劑(Ad2) :N,N,NW-四縮水甘油基-4,4’-二胺基 二苯基曱烷 添加劑(Ad3) :2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基 矽烷 117 201237065 添加劑(Ad4) :3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷 <1.聚醯胺酸的合成> [合成例1] 在具有溫度計、攪拌機、原料投入裝入口及氮氣導入 口的100 mL四口燒瓶中加入二胺(D1) 3 397 g及脫水 NMP 40.0 g,於乾燥氮氣流下將其攪拌溶解。其次,加入 酸二酐(Al) 1.232 g、酸二酐(A2) 137〇g及脫水胃卩 4〇.〇g,於室溫下繼續攪拌24小時。於該反應溶液中加入 BC 14_0 g,獲得聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt%的聚醯胺酸溶 液。將該聚醯胺酸溶液作為PA1。pA1中所含的聚醯胺酸 的重量平均分子量為1 〇4,5〇〇。 聚酿胺酸的重量平均分子量是藉由使用2695分離模 組-2414示差折射儀(Waters製造)而利用GPC法測定, 進行聚苯乙烯換算而求出。將所得的聚醯胺酸用磷酸_DMF 混合溶液(磷酸/DMF==〇.6/l〇〇 :重量比)稀釋至聚醯胺酸 濃度成為約2 wt%。管柱使用HSPgel RT MB_M (Waters 製造),將所述混合溶液作為展開劑,在管柱溫度為5〇。〇、 流速為0.40 mL/min的條件下進行測定。標準聚苯乙烯使 用日本東曹股份有限公司製造的TSK標準聚苯乙烯。 [合成例2〜合成例19] 如表1所示般變更四羧酸二酐及二胺,除此以外以合 成例1為基準而調製聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt%的聚醯胺 酸溶液(PA2)〜聚醯胺酸溶液(PA19) ^包括合成例1 的結果在内’將所得的聚醯胺酸的重量平均分子量的測定 (/) 118 201237065 4〇462pif 中 結果匯總於表S 116 201237065 <tetracarboxylic dianhydride> Acid dianhydride (Al): 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride dianhydride (A2): pyromellitic dianhydride dianhydride Anhydride (A3): 1,2,3,4-tetradecyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride <Diamine> Diamine (Dl): N, N'- Bis(4-Aminophenyl)-NV-dimercaptoethylenediaminediamine (D2): N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)pyridazinediamine (D3): 4,4· -diaminodiphenyldecanediamine (D4) : 3,3'-diaminodiphenyldecanediamine (D5) : 1,4-phenylenediamine diamine (D6) : 4,4 '-Diaminoazobenzenediamine (D7) : 4,4'-Diaminodiphenylamine <Solvent> N-Mercapto-2-pyrrolidone: NMP Butyl Cellulite (Ethylene Glycol Monobutyl) Ether): BC <Additives> Additives (Adi): bis[4-(allylbicyclo[2.2_1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxyindenimido)phenyl]decane additive ( Ad2) : N, N, NW-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl decane additive (Ad3): 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy Decane 117 201237065 Additive (Ad4): 3-Aminopropyltriethoxydecane <1. Synthesis of Polylysine> [Synthesis Example 1] A 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a raw material inlet, and a nitrogen inlet was charged with diamine (D1) 3 397 g and dehydrated NMP 40.0 g, which were stirred and dissolved under a dry nitrogen stream. Next, 1.232 g of acid dianhydride (Al), 137 〇g of acid dianhydride (A2), and dehydrated stomach 卩 4〇.〇g were added, and stirring was continued for 24 hours at room temperature. BC 14_0 g was added to the reaction solution to obtain a polyglycine solution having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt%. The polyaminic acid solution was used as PA1. The polyamine acid contained in pA1 has a weight average molecular weight of 1 〇 4,5 Å. The weight average molecular weight of poly-aracine was determined by a GPC method using a 2695 separation module-2414 differential refractometer (manufactured by Waters), and was obtained by polystyrene conversion. The obtained polylysine was diluted with a phosphoric acid-DMF mixed solution (phosphoric acid / DMF = = 〇.6 / l 〇〇 : weight ratio) to a polyglycine concentration of about 2 wt%. The column was HSPgel RT MB_M (manufactured by Waters), and the mixed solution was used as a developing solvent at a column temperature of 5 Torr. The measurement was carried out under conditions of a flow rate of 0.40 mL/min. The standard polystyrene uses TSK standard polystyrene manufactured by Japan Tosoh Corporation. [Synthesis Example 2 to Synthesis Example 19] The polyamic acid having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% was prepared based on Synthesis Example 1 except that the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine were changed as shown in Table 1. Solution (PA2)~polyproline solution (PA19) ^Including the results of Synthesis Example 1 'Measurement of the weight average molecular weight of the obtained polylysine (/) 118 201237065 4〇462pif The results are summarized in the table

二胺(mol%) 重量平均分 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 ΰΓ 子量 ) 104,500 50 87,500 50 90,000 50 78,500 100 112,600 50 50 96,800 50 50 89,000 50 86,800 20 20 91,000 60 20 93,900 50 91,700 50 72,400 50 bO 70,700 ) 10 .102,700 54,300 1 90 90 1U 100,900 10 90 53,800 100 63,400 100 52,400 <2.透射率評價用基板的製作> [實例1] 於合成例1中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt%的 聚醯胺酸溶液(pAl)中加入NMP/BC = 4/1 (重量比)的 混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶 配向以°使用所得的液晶配向劑而如下所示般製作透射率 評價用基板。 <透射率評價用基板的製作方法1> 利用旋轉器將液晶配向劑塗布於玻璃基板上。另外, 包括以後的實例、比較例在内,根據液晶配向劑的黏度而 119 201237065 ηυιυ—|j_u 調整旋轉器的旋轉速度,以使配向膜成為下述的膜厚。於 塗膜後’在7(TC下進行1分鐘的加熱乾燥後,使用Ushio Inc. 製造的瑞比對色燈(multi_light) ML-501C/B,自相對於基 板而言為鉛垂的方向,介隔偏光板而照射紫外線的直線偏 光。此時的曝光能量使用Ushio Inc·製造的紫外線累計光量 計UIT-150 (光接收器UVD_S365)而測定光量,以於波 長365 nm下成為3.0±〇.l j/cm2的方式調整曝光時間。紫 外線的照射可以用紫外線防止膜覆蓋裝置整體,在室溫 下、空氣中進行。其次,在23(TC下進行15分鐘的加熱處 理’形成膜厚為1〇〇±1〇 nm的配向膜。 [實例2〜實例17] 分別於合成例2〜合成例π中所調製的聚合物固形物 濃度為6 wt〇/〇的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA2〜pA17)中添加 NMP/BC = 4/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形 物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向 劑’利用基於實例1的方法而製作透射率評價用基板。 [實例18] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物激度為6邊 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PAl〇)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 20感的,例添加添加劑(Adn。其後,添加NMp/Bc 4 的此合溶劑’稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為Diamine (mol%) Weight average D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 ΰΓ amount) 104,500 50 87,500 50 90,000 50 78,500 100 112,600 50 50 96,800 50 50 89,000 50 86,800 20 20 91,000 60 20 93,900 50 91,700 50 72,400 50 bO 70,700 ) 10 .102,700 54,300 1 90 90 1U 100,900 10 90 53,800 100 63,400 100 52,400 <2. Preparation of substrate for transmittance evaluation> [Example 1] The polymer solid concentration prepared in Synthesis Example 1 was 6 wt% To the polyaminic acid solution (pAl), a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added, and the mixture was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt%, and the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent was used as a liquid crystal alignment at ° as follows. A substrate for transmittance evaluation was produced as shown. <Method for Producing Transmissivity Evaluation Substrate 1> A liquid crystal alignment agent was applied onto a glass substrate by a spinner. In addition, the rotational speed of the rotator was adjusted according to the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent, including the subsequent examples and comparative examples, so that the alignment film had the following film thickness. After the film was applied, after 7 minutes of heating and drying at TC, the ML-501C/B manufactured by Ushio Inc. was used in a vertical direction with respect to the substrate. A linearly polarized light that is irradiated with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate. The exposure energy at this time is measured using an ultraviolet ray cumulative photometer UIT-150 (photodetector UVD_S365) manufactured by Ushio Inc., and is 3.0±〇 at a wavelength of 365 nm. The exposure time is adjusted by the method of lj/cm2. The ultraviolet light can be irradiated with ultraviolet rays to prevent the film from covering the entire device, and it is carried out in the air at room temperature. Secondly, the film thickness is 1 在 under 23 (TC for 15 minutes).配±1〇nm alignment film [Example 2 to Example 17] A polyglycine solution (PA2 to pA17) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt〇/〇 prepared in Synthesis Example 2 to Synthesis Example π, respectively. A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added and diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. The obtained liquid crystal alignment agent was produced by the method based on Example 1. Substrate for transmittance evaluation. [Example 18] In the polyaminic acid solution (PAl〇) having a polymer solidification sensitivity of 6 in the synthesis example 10, the additive was added in an amount of 20 sensations per unit weight of the polymer (Adn. Thereafter, Adding this solvent of NMp/Bc 4 'diluted to the polymer solids concentration is

Wt/o而作為液晶配向劑。另外,包括下述的實例在内, ί =用:加劑時的聚合物固形物濃度時並不包括添加 劑的量使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例丄的方 120 201237065 40462pif 法而製作透射率評價用基板。 [實例19] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1())中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 20 wt%的比麻加添加劑(Ad2)。其後,添加NMp/Bc =4A (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例1的方法而製作透射率評價用基板。 [實例20] 於合成例1〇中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1G)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 H) w⑽比例添加添加劑(Ad3)。其後,添加NMp/Bc =4Λ (重量比)的混合_ ’稀釋至聚合物_物濃度為 4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例1的方法而製作透射率評價用基板。 [實例21] 於合成例1〇中所調製的聚合物固形物遭度為6 wt% 的聚酿胺酸溶液(PA1G)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 〇.5wt%的比例添加添加劑(Ad4)。其後,添加NMp/Bc = 4/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例1的方法而製作透射率評價用基板。 [實例22] 於合成例10巾所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 _ 121 201237065 HUHOZpii 的聚醯胺酸溶液(pA1〇)中,添加NMp/BC = 4/i (重量 比),混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為4 Wt%而作 為液BB配向η j。使用所得的液晶配向劑,如下所述地製作 透射率評價用基板。 <透射率評價用基板的製作方法2> 利用方疋轉斋將液晶配向劑塗布於玻璃基板上。於塗膜 後,在a7〇C下進行1分鐘的加熱乾燥後,在230°C下進行 15分鐘的加熱處理。對該玻璃基板,使用。沾记inc.製造 的瑞比對色燈MLWIC/B,自相對於基板而言域垂的方 向,介隔偏光板而照射紫外線的直線偏光(曝光能量:於 365nm下為3.0±〇.i J/cm2),形成膜厚為1〇〇±1〇nm的配 向膜。紫外線照射的條件、曝光能量的調整基於實例i的 方法。 [比較例1及比較例2] 分別於合成例18及合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形 物濃度為6 wt%的聚酿胺酸溶液(pA18&pAi9)中添加 NMP/BC = 4/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形 物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向 劑’利用基於實例1的方法而製作透射率評價用基板。 [比較例3] 於合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6碼 的聚醯胺酸溶液(pA19)中添加NMp/BC=4/1 (重量比) 的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為4邊而作為液 晶配向劑。使麟得的液晶g己向劑,湘基於實例22的方 122 201237065 40462pif 法而製作透射率評價用基板。 <3.透射率的評價> 使用UV-Vis光譜測定裝置(日本分光股份有限公司 製造的V_660)測定配向膜的透射率。將並未形成配向膜 的玻璃基板作為參考。測定是以400 nm/min的掃描速度每 1 nm地對波長380 nm〜780 nm的範圍進;^ %仃。將於所述波 長區域的透射率的平均值作為配向膜的透射率。= 越可以說透射率良好。將測定結果示於表2二該值越大 ‘ T 0 表2Wt / o as a liquid crystal alignment agent. In addition, including the following examples, ί = use: the concentration of the polymer solids at the time of dosing does not include the amount of the additive. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the transmission is made by the method based on the example 120 201237065 40462pif method. The substrate for evaluation. [Example 19] In a polyaminic acid solution (PA1()) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 prepared in Synthesis Example 10, a ratio of 20 wt% of hemp additive per unit weight of the polymer ( Ad2). Thereafter, a mixed solvent of NMp/Bc = 4 A (weight ratio) was added, and the mixture was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate for transmittance evaluation was produced by the method of Example 1. [Example 20] In a polyglycine solution (PA1G) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 1 , an additive (Ad3) was added in a ratio of H) w (10) per unit weight of the polymer. ). Thereafter, a mixture of NMp/Bc = 4 Λ (by weight) was added and diluted to a polymer concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate for transmittance evaluation was produced by the method of Example 1. [Example 21] The polymer solid matter prepared in Synthesis Example 1 was subjected to a ratio of 6 wt% of poly-aracine solution (PA1G), and was added in a ratio of 5. 5 wt% per unit polymer by weight. Additive (Ad4). Thereafter, a mixed solvent of NMp/Bc = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added, and the mixture was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate for transmittance evaluation was produced by the method of Example 1. [Example 22] NMp/BC = 4/i (weight ratio), mixed solvent was added to the polyglycine solution (pA1〇) of the polymer solids prepared in Synthesis Example 10, which was 6 _ 121 201237065 HUHOZpii Diluted to a polymer solids concentration of 4 Wt% and as liquid BB to η j. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate for transmittance evaluation was produced as follows. <Method for Producing Transmissivity Evaluation Substrate 2> A liquid crystal alignment agent was applied onto a glass substrate by using a square crucible. After coating, the film was heated and dried at 1 hour C for 1 minute, and then heat treated at 230 ° C for 15 minutes. This glass substrate is used. The Rayby color lamp MLWIC/B manufactured by Zhan Kee Inc. is a linear polarized light that is irradiated with ultraviolet light through a polarizing plate in a direction perpendicular to the substrate (exposure energy: 3.0±〇.i J at 365 nm) /cm2), an alignment film having a film thickness of 1 〇〇 ± 1 〇 nm was formed. The conditions of the ultraviolet irradiation and the adjustment of the exposure energy were based on the method of Example i. [Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2] NMP/BC = 4/ was added to the polystyroic acid solution (pA18& pAi9) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 18 and Synthesis Example 19, respectively. A mixed solvent of 1 (weight ratio) was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a substrate for transmittance evaluation was produced by the method of Example 1. [Comparative Example 3] A mixed solvent of NMp/BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added to a polyamic acid solution (pA19) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 mg prepared in Synthesis Example 19, and diluted to polymerization. The solid matter concentration was 4 sides and used as a liquid crystal alignment agent. The substrate for transmittance evaluation was prepared according to the method of Example 22, 2012, pp. <3. Evaluation of Transmittance> The transmittance of the alignment film was measured using a UV-Vis spectrometer (V_660 manufactured by JASCO Corporation). A glass substrate on which an alignment film was not formed was used as a reference. The measurement was carried out at a scanning speed of 400 nm/min per 1 nm to a wavelength range of 380 nm to 780 nm; The average value of the transmittance in the wavelength region is taken as the transmittance of the alignment film. = The more the transmittance is, the better. The measurement results are shown in Table 2, and the value is larger ‘T 0 Table 2

123 201237065 40462pif 表中的表示未添加添加劑。 可知.比較例1使用以具有偶氮苯結構的二胺為原料 而合成的聚醯胺酸,因此透射率顯著較差。實例i〜實例 22的本發明的配向膜的透射率良好,著色少。 &lt;4.液晶顯示元件的製作&gt; [實例23] 於合成例1中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6〜(%的 聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1)中添加]snviP/BC = 4/l (重量比)的 混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶 配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,如下所示地製作液晶單 元。 &lt;液晶顯示元件的製作方法1 &gt; 利用旋轉器將液晶配向劑塗布於2枚附有IT〇電極的 ,璃基板上。於塗膜後,在7(rc下進行約丨分鐘的加熱乾 燥後’使用Ushio Inc.製造的瑞比對色燈ML-501C/B,自 相對於基板而言為鉛垂的方向,介隔偏光板而照射紫外線 的直線偏光(曝光能量:於365 nm下為3.0±0.1 J/cm2)。 紫外線照射的條件、曝光能量的調整方法基於實例1。其 次,在230¾下進行15分鐘的加熱處理,形成膜厚為 100土 10 nm的配向膜。 使2枚在ιτο電極上形成有配向膜的基板的形成有配 向膜的面對向,以各個配向膜上所照射的紫外線的偏光方 向變平行的方式,進一步在對向的配向膜之間形成用以注 入液晶組成物的空隙而將其貼合,組裝單元厚度為4 μιη123 201237065 40462pif The table indicates that no additives were added. It is understood that Comparative Example 1 uses polyamine which is synthesized from a diamine having an azobenzene structure as a raw material, and thus the transmittance is remarkably inferior. The alignment films of the present invention of Examples i to 22 have good transmittance and little coloration. &lt;4. Preparation of liquid crystal display element&gt; [Example 23] The polymer solid concentration prepared in Synthesis Example 1 was 6 to (% added in polyacrylic acid solution (PA1)] snviP/BC = 4 a mixed solvent of /l (weight ratio) was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal cell was produced as follows. <Production Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element 1 &gt; A liquid crystal alignment agent was applied to two glass substrates with an IT crucible electrode by a spinner, and after being coated with a film, it was heated and dried at 7 (rc for about 丨 minutes) using Ushio Inc. The RUBI color lamp ML-501C/B is a linearly polarized light (exposure energy: 3.0 ± 0.1 J/cm 2 at 365 nm) which is a vertical direction with respect to the substrate and is irradiated with ultraviolet rays through a polarizing plate. The conditions for adjusting the ultraviolet irradiation and the method for adjusting the exposure energy were based on Example 1. Next, heat treatment was performed for 15 minutes at 2,302⁄4 to form an alignment film having a film thickness of 100 nm and 10 nm. Two aligning films were formed on the ιτο electrode. The substrate is formed with the facing of the alignment film to each Film irradiated ultraviolet rays polarized parallel to the direction change mode, for further formed liquid crystal composition is injected into voids between which the film is bonded to the ligand, the cell thickness of the assembly 4 μιη

124 S 201237065 40462pif 的空單元。而且’將用以在該空單元中注入液晶的注入口 没置在注入時液晶流動的方向與對配向膜所照射的紫外線 的偏光方向大致平行的位置。 於如上所述而製作的空單元中真空注入如下所示的 液晶組成物A ’製成液晶單元。 〈液晶組成物A &gt;124 S 201237065 40462pif empty unit. Further, the injection port for injecting the liquid crystal into the empty cell is not placed at a position where the direction in which the liquid crystal flows during the injection and the direction in which the ultraviolet light irradiated to the alignment film is substantially parallel. The liquid crystal cell was formed by vacuum-injecting the liquid crystal composition A' shown below into the empty cell fabricated as described above. <Liquid crystal composition A &gt;

17 wt% 17 wt% 16 wt% 10 wt% 5 wt% 10 Wt% 6 wt% 6wt% 13 wt% n-CsH^ [實例24〜實例39] 分別於合成例2〜合成例Π中所調製的聚合物固形物 125 201237065 40462pif 濃度為6 wt%的聚酿胺酸溶液(pA2〜pAl7 )中添加 NMP/BC-4/1 (重里比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形 物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向 劑,利用基於實例23的方法而組裝空單元。其次,於這空 單元中真空注入液晶組成物A ’製成液晶單元。 [實例40] 於合成例ίο中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1G)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 20 wt%㈣例添加添加劑(Adl)。其後,添加NMp/Bc =4/丨(重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt〇/〇而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例2 3的方法組裝”元。其次,於处單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 工 [實例41] 於合成例H)中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6加% 的聚醯㈣溶液(PA1G)巾,以在每單位聚合物重量 2〇 例添加添加劑㈤2)。其後,添加nmp/bc = 4/i (重㈣)的混合溶劑’ _絲合 一作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的 基於實,的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空3中3 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例42]17 wt% 17 wt% 16 wt% 10 wt% 5 wt% 10 Wt% 6 wt% 6 wt% 13 wt% n-CsH^ [Example 24 to Example 39] respectively prepared in Synthesis Example 2 to Synthesis Example Polymer solids 125 201237065 40462pif A 6 wt% poly-araminic acid solution (pA2~pAl7) was added with a mixed solvent of NMP/BC-4/1 (heavy ratio) and diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt. % as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty unit was assembled by the method of Example 23. Next, a liquid crystal cell is formed by vacuum injecting a liquid crystal composition A' into this empty cell. [Example 40] In a polyglycine solution (PA1G) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example ί, an additive was added in an amount of 20 wt% (four) per unit polymer weight (Adl) ). Thereafter, a mixed solvent of NMp/Bc = 4 / 丨 (by weight) was added, and the mixture was diluted to have a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt / 〇 as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the "component" was assembled by the method based on Example 23. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the unit to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 41] Modulated in Synthesis Example H) A polymer solids concentration of 6% by weight of a poly(IV) solution (PA1G) towel is added to the additive (5) 2) per unit of polymer weight. Thereafter, nmp/bc = 4/i (heavy (d)) is added. The mixed solvent ' _ spliced as a liquid crystal alignment agent. The empty unit was assembled using the obtained method based on the actual method. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was injected into the space 3 to form a liquid crystal cell. [Example 42]

S 126 201237065 40462pif 例添加添加齊KAd3)。其後,添加NMp/Bc 7 _至聚合物_物濃度為 其二tf 向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實,23的方祕衫單元。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例43] ㈣中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6游。 的聚= 谷液(PA1G)中,以在每單位聚合物重量 0二5痛的,例添加添加劑(施)。其後,添加丽職 4 We»/重^比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt/o而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例23的方法組裝空單心其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例44] 於口成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6赠。 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1G)中,添加NMp/Bc = 4/i (重量 比)的混合溶劑’ _絲合物_物濃度為4游。而作 為配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑而如下所述地製作 日日早兀。 &lt;液晶顯示元件的製作方法2&gt; 利用旋轉11將液晶配向劑塗布於2枚附有ΠΌ電極的 玻璃基板上。。於塗膜後,在7(TC下進行丨分鐘的加熱乾燥 後,在23(TC下進行15分鐘的加熱處理。對形成有配向膜 的玻璃基板,使用Ushi〇 Inc.製造的瑞比對色燈 127 201237065 40462pif ML-501C/B,自相對於基板而言為鉛垂的方向,介隔偏光 板而照射紫外線的直線偏光(曝光能量:於365 ηιη下的 能1為3.〇±〇.i j/cm2) ’形成膜厚為1〇〇±1〇nm的配向膜。 紫外線照射的條件、曝光能量的調整方法基於實例i。 使2枚在ITO電極上形成有配向膜的基板的形成有配 向膜的面對向,以各個配向骐上所照射的紫外線的偏光方 向變平行的方式’進一步在對向的配向膜之間形成用以注 入液晶組成物的空隙而將其貼合,組裝單元厚度為 4 μιη =空單元。而且,將用以於該空單元中注入液晶的注入口 设置在注入時液晶流動的方向與對配向膜所照射的紫外線 的偏光方向大致平行的位^於該空單元中真空注入所述 液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [比較例4] 於合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(pA12)中添MNMp/BC = 4/1 (重量比) 的混合溶劑,轉絲合物固形物濃度為4感而作為液 晶配向劑L使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例23的方 法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空注人液晶組成物 A,製成液晶單元。 [比較例5] 於合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚酿?酸錢(pAl2)中添加NMP/BC = 4/1 (重量比) 的混合溶劑’稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為4 wt%而作為液 晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例44的方 128 201237065 40462pif 法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空注入液晶組成物 A,製成液晶單元。 &lt;5·流動配向的觀察&gt; 將如上所述而製作的液晶單元夾於配置為正交尼科 耳稜鏡(crossed nicols)的2枚偏光板中,藉由目視進行 - 觀察。在這些液晶單元中’由於對液晶配向膜所照射的紫 外線’大致沿紫外線的偏光方向的聚合物主鏈的環丁烷骨 架被切斷’因此液晶組成物配向為相對於紫外線的偏光方 向而言大致為直角的方向上。於使用配向性良好的配向膜 的液晶單元中,完全未觀察到所謂的流動配向,亦即沿著 液晶自注入口流動的方向而液晶排列。另一方面,於使用 配向性差的配向膜的液晶單元中,觀察到流動配向。將流 動配向的觀察結果示於表3中。 &lt;6.配向缺陷的觀察&gt; 將觀察了流動配向的液晶單元在11 〇°C下進行3〇分鐘 的各向同性處理,冷卻至室溫。使偏光顯微鏡成為正交尼 科耳稜鏡狀態而再次對該液晶單元進行觀察,結果是在使 用配向性良好的配向膜的液晶單元中並未觀察到液晶的配 向缺陷。另一方面,在使用配向性差的配向膜的液晶單元 中,觀察到液晶的配向缺陷。將配向缺陷的觀察結果示於 表3中。 》 、 129 201237065 4U402pit 表3 實例No, 聚醖胺酸溶液No. 添加劑 流動配向 配向缺陷 實例23 PA1 無 有 實例24 PA2 無 有 實例25 PA3 有 有 實例26 PA4 有 有 實例27 PA5 無 有 實例28 PA6 _ 有 有 實例29 PA7 有 有 實例30 PA8 無 無 實例31 PA9 無 無 實例32 ΡΑΙΟ . 無 無 實例33 ΡΑ11 無 有 實例34 PA12 無 有 實例35 PA13 無 有 實例36 PA14 無 有 實例37 PA15 . 有 有 實例38 PA16 . 無 有 實例39 PA17 有 有 實例40 ΡΑΙΟ Adi 有 有 實例41 ΡΑΙΟ Ad2 有 有 實例42 ΡΑΙΟ Ad3 有 有 實例43 ΡΑΙΟ Ad4 有 有 實例44 ΡΑΙΟ 無 ΡΑ19 有 有 比較例5 ΡΑ19 - 有 有 表中的表示未添加添加劑。 當紫外線的曝光能量為3.〇±〇.1 j/cm2 B寺,實例23〜實 例44中存在觀察到缺陷的情況,而且比較例4、比較例5 的任意例中均發現流動缺陷、配向缺陷。 [實例45〜實例61] 分別於合成例1〜合成例17中所調製的聚合物固形物 濃度為6 wt%的聚醯胺酸溶液(pA1〜pA17)中添加 NMP/BCy/l (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形 物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液曰曰_ / '&quot;己 130 201237065 40462pif 二將^卜線的照射能量變更為於365 _ τ為 J/cm ’除此以外_基於實例23的方法祕元声 為4哗的空單元。而且,於這些 巧 組成物Λ,製成液晶單元。 具工主入液日日 [實例62] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形 的聚酿胺酸溶液〇,,以在每單«合物^ = 添加f加劑Udl)。其後,添加咖VBC 4/1 (重里比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚人 4感而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向2 基於貫例45的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空^中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 /工 [實例63] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯舰溶液(PA1G)中,以在每單位聚麵^量中為 20添加添加劑(Ad2)。其後,添加麗me -4/1 (重里比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合 基於實例45的方法_空單元n於該”元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 、 [實例64] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物 的聚醢胺酸溶液(PAU))中,以在每單位聚合^ 1〇Wt%的比·加添加劑㈤3)。其後,添加麵臟 131 201237065 40462pif -4/1 (重1比)的混合軸,稀釋絲合翻形物濃度為 4,作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例45的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例65] 於合成例ίο中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1〇)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 OJwt,的,例添加添加劑(Ad4)。其後,添加NMp/Bc -4/1 (重量比)的混合_,轉絲合物_物濃度為 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 土於實例45的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例66] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 ^ 、只醯胺酸溶液(pA1〇)中,添加NMp/BCH (重 混合溶劑,稀觀聚合物_物濃度為4 wt%而. 二配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,將紫外線的昭 Z受更為於365 nm下為5 〇±〇 u/cm2,除此以外利用 ^只例44的方法而組裝空單元。其次,於這些空單元中 空&gt;主入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [比較例6] =合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6則 、 胺酸溶液(PA19)中,添加nmp/bc;:=4/1 (重 比)的混合_,_絲合物固軸濃度為4鳩而S 126 201237065 40462pif Example added to add kad 3d). Thereafter, NMp/Bc 7 _ to polymer concentration was added as its two tf agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, a solid, 23-based square shirt unit was used. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 43] The concentration of the polymer solid matter prepared in (4) was 6 swim. In the poly = gluten solution (PA1G), to add 0 to 5 pain per unit of polymer weight, for example, add an additive (application). Thereafter, a mixed solvent of 4 We»/weight ratio was added and diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt/o as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty single core was assembled by the method of Example 23, and the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 44] The polymer solid concentration prepared in Example 10 was 6 gram. In the polyamic acid solution (PA1G), a mixed solvent of NMp/Bc = 4/i (weight ratio) was added, and the concentration of the mixture was 4 swim. As an aligning agent. The obtained liquid crystal alignment agent was used to prepare a day and night as described below. &lt;Manufacturing Method 2 of Liquid Crystal Display Element&gt; The liquid crystal alignment agent was applied onto two glass substrates with a ruthenium electrode by the rotation 11. . After coating, the film was heat-dried at 7 (TC for 丨 minutes, and then heat-treated at 23 (TC for 15 minutes). For the glass substrate on which the alignment film was formed, RUBI color produced by Ushi〇 Inc. was used. Lamp 127 201237065 40462pif ML-501C/B, linearly polarized light that is irradiated with ultraviolet light through a polarizing plate in a direction perpendicular to the substrate (exposure energy: energy at 365 ηιη is 3. 〇±〇. Ij/cm2) 'Forming an alignment film having a film thickness of 1 〇〇 ± 1 〇 nm. The conditions for adjusting the ultraviolet ray irradiation and the exposure energy are based on the example i. The formation of two substrates on which the alignment film is formed on the ITO electrode is formed. In the direction in which the alignment film is faced, the polarization direction of the ultraviolet ray irradiated on each of the alignment ridges is paralleled. Further, a gap for injecting the liquid crystal composition is formed between the opposing alignment films, and the assembly unit is bonded. The thickness is 4 μm = empty cells. Moreover, the injection port for injecting liquid crystal into the empty cell is disposed at a position where the direction in which the liquid crystal flows during injection is substantially parallel to the polarization direction of the ultraviolet light irradiated to the alignment film. True in the unit The liquid crystal composition A was injected into the liquid crystal cell to make a liquid crystal cell. [Comparative Example 4] MNMp/BC was added to a polyglycine solution (pA12) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 19. = 4/1 (weight ratio) of the mixed solvent, the solid concentration of the converted silk compound was 4, and the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent was used as the liquid crystal alignment agent L, and the empty unit was assembled by the method of Example 23. Next, in the empty A liquid crystal cell was prepared by vacuum-injecting the liquid crystal composition A into the cell. [Comparative Example 5] NMP/ was added to the polystyrene acid (pAl2) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 19. A mixed solvent of BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to serve as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, an empty unit was assembled using the method of Example 44, No. 128 201237065 40462pif method. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to form a liquid crystal cell. <5. Observation of Flow Orientation> The liquid crystal cell fabricated as described above was sandwiched and arranged in crossed Nicols (crossed nicols) of two polarizers, by mesh In the liquid crystal cell, 'the ultraviolet ray irradiated to the liquid crystal alignment film' is cut along the cyclobutane skeleton of the polymer main chain in the polarization direction of the ultraviolet ray. Therefore, the liquid crystal composition is aligned with respect to ultraviolet rays. In the liquid crystal cell in which the alignment film having good alignment property is used, the so-called flow alignment is not observed at all, that is, the liquid crystal is aligned along the direction in which the liquid crystal flows from the injection port. On the other hand, in the liquid crystal cell using the alignment film having poor alignment, flow alignment was observed. The observation results of the flow alignment are shown in Table 3. &lt;6. Observation of alignment defects&gt; The liquid crystal cell in which the flow alignment was observed was subjected to isotropic treatment at 11 ° C for 3 Torr and cooled to room temperature. When the polarizing microscope was placed in a crossed Nicols state and the liquid crystal cell was observed again, no alignment defect of the liquid crystal was observed in the liquid crystal cell using the alignment film having good alignment. On the other hand, in the liquid crystal cell using the alignment film having poor alignment, the alignment defect of the liquid crystal was observed. The observation results of the alignment defects are shown in Table 3. 》 , 129 201237065 4U402pit Table 3 Example No, Polyproline solution No. Additive flow alignment alignment defect Example 23 PA1 No example 24 PA2 No example 25 PA3 There are instances 26 PA4 There are instances 27 PA5 No example 28 PA6 _ There are examples 29 PA7 There are instances 30 PA8 No instances 31 PA9 No instances 32 ΡΑΙΟ No examples 33 ΡΑ11 No examples 34 PA12 No examples 35 PA13 No examples 36 PA14 No examples 37 PA15 . Example 38 PA16 . No examples 39 PA17 There are instances 40 ΡΑΙΟ Adi There are instances 41 ΡΑΙΟ Ad2 There are instances 42 ΡΑΙΟ Ad3 There are instances 43 ΡΑΙΟ Ad4 There are instances 44 ΡΑΙΟ No ΡΑ 19 There are Comparative Examples 5 ΡΑ 19 - There are tables The middle one indicates that no additive is added. When the exposure energy of ultraviolet rays was 3. 〇±〇.1 j/cm 2 B, the cases of Examples 23 to 44 were observed to have defects, and in any of Comparative Example 4 and Comparative Example 5, flow defects and alignment were observed. defect. [Example 45 to Example 61] NMP/BCy/l (weight ratio) was added to a polyglycine solution (pA1 to pA17) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 1 to Synthesis Example 17, respectively. The mixed solvent was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to serve as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid 曰曰 _ / '&quot;Hid 130 201237065 40462pif 2 change the irradiation energy of the line to 365 _ τ is J/cm 'except for this _ based on the method of Example 23, the secret sound is 4 哗Empty unit. Further, in these compositions, a liquid crystal cell is produced. The main working day of the work was carried out [Example 62] The polymer solid solution of the polyamic acid solution prepared in Synthesis Example 10 was added to add the addition agent Udl in each single compound. Thereafter, a mixed solvent of VBC 4/1 (heavy ratio) was added, and the mixture was diluted to a liquid crystal alignment agent. The resulting liquid crystal alignment 2 was used to assemble the empty cells based on the method of Example 45. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was injected into the vacuum in the space to form a liquid crystal cell. [Example 63] In a polyterpene solution (PA1G) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 10, an additive (Ad2) was added in an amount of 20 per unit. Thereafter, a mixed solvent of MN-3/1 (heavy ratio) was added, and the mixture was diluted until the polymerization was carried out according to the method of Example 45. The empty cell n was vacuum-injected into the liquid crystal composition A to form a liquid crystal cell. 64] In the polyamic acid solution (PAU) of the polymer solid matter prepared in Synthesis Example 10, the ratio of Wt% per unit was added to the additive (5) 3). Thereafter, the surface was added. 131 201237065 40462pif -4/1 (weight ratio of 1) of the mixing shaft, diluted wire blended material concentration of 4, as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty unit was assembled by the method based on Example 45. Secondly, Liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 65] In a polyglycine solution (PA1〇) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example ίο, The additive (Ad4) is added in an amount of OJwt per unit weight of the polymer. Thereafter, a mixture of NMp/Bc -4/1 (weight ratio) is added, and the concentration of the converted compound is wt%. As a liquid crystal alignment agent, the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent was used to assemble empty using the method of Example 45. Next, a liquid crystal cell was prepared by vacuum-injecting the liquid crystal composition A into the empty cell. [Example 66] The polymer solid concentration prepared in Synthesis Example 10 was 6 ^, and only the proline solution (pA1〇) In the addition of NMp/BCH (remixed solvent, the concentration of the spectroscopy polymer is 4 wt% and the di- aligning agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the ultraviolet Z is more than 5 at 365 nm. 〇±〇u/cm2, except that the empty cell was assembled by the method of Example 44. Next, the liquid crystal cell A was formed by hollowing into the empty cell. [Comparative Example 6] = Synthesis The concentration of the polymer solids prepared in Example 19 was 6, and in the amine acid solution (PA19), the mixture of nmp/bc;:=4/1 (weight ratio) was added, and the solid concentration of the silk compound was 4 And

S 132 201237065 40462pif 為液曰a配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例Μ 的方法而喊空單元。其次,於該空單元巾真技入液晶 組成物A ’製成液晶單元。 [比較例7] 於合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(pA19)中,添加NMp/BC=4/1 (重量 比)的混ό /谷劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為4 而作 為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例的 ,方法而喊空單元。其次,於妓單元巾真空注入液晶 組成物A ’製成液晶單元。 &lt;流動配向的觀察&gt; 與上述同樣地將液晶單元夾於配置為正交尼科耳 的:==!二由目視觀察流動配向。將流動配向 &lt;配向缺陷的觀察&gt; 的各晶單元於ll(rc下進行3〇分鐘 Π丨m處理,冷艘室溫。其:欠,使偏光顯微 ^尼科耳稜錄態而再:欠對錄晶單元進 配 ㈣陷的觀察結果示於表4中。 配 133 201237065 40462pif 表4 實例No. 聚醯胺毁溶液No. — 添加劑 流動配向 配向缺陷 實例45 PA1 無 無 實例46 PA2 '一 無 無 實例47 PA3 • 無 無 實例48 PA4 • M. 無 實例49 PA5 _ 無 無 實例50 PA6 一 _ 無 無 實例51 PA7 _ 無 無 實例52 PA8 一 無 無 實例53 rAy _ 無 無 實例54 ΡΑΙΟ — 無 無 實例55 PAll - 無 無 實例56 PA12 _ 無 無 實例57 PA13 無 無 實例58 PA14 無 無 實例59 PA15 無 無 實例60 PA16 '— 無 無 實例61 PA17 無 無 一 實例62 ΡΑΙΟ Adi 無 無 實例63 ΡΑΙΟ Ad2 無 有 實例64 ΡΑΙΟ Ad3 無 無 實例65 ΡΑΙΟ &quot; Ad4 無 無 — 實例66 ΡΑΙΟ — 無 無 Pu^Cly'J 〇 γΑ19 • 有 有 比較例7 ΡΑ19 - 有 有 表中的-表示未添加添加劑。 如果使紫外線的曝光能量為5 〇±〇丨J/cm2,則比較例 6、比較例7的任意例均發現流動缺陷、配向缺陷,在實例 45〜實例66中僅僅實例63觀察到缺陷。 [實例67〜實例83] 分別於合成例1〜合成例17中所調製的聚合物固形物 濃度為6 wt%的聚醯胺酸溶液(pA1〜pA17)中添加 NMP/BC = 4/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形 物濃度為4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向 134S 132 201237065 40462pif is a liquid helium a aligning agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the unit was shouted by the method based on the example Μ. Next, the liquid crystal cell is made into the liquid crystal composition A' to form a liquid crystal cell. [Comparative Example 7] In a polyglycine solution (pA19) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 19, a mixed solution of NMp/BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added. The agent was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 to serve as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the resulting liquid crystal alignment agent, an empty cell is shouted using an example based method. Next, a liquid crystal cell was formed by vacuum-injecting the liquid crystal composition A' into the unit cell. &lt;Observation of Flow Arrangement&gt; In the same manner as described above, the liquid crystal cell was sandwiched between the crossed Nicols: ==! 2, and the flow alignment was visually observed. Each crystal unit of the flow alignment &lt;observation of alignment defects&gt; was treated at ll (rc for 3 〇min Π丨m, cold room temperature. It: owed, polarized microscopy] Re-observation results for the immersion of the crystal unit (4) are shown in Table 4. 133 201237065 40462pif Table 4 Example No. Polyamide Degradation Solution No. — Additive Flow Alignment Defect Example 45 PA1 No Example 46 PA2 'One Nothing Instance 47 PA3 • No Instance 48 PA4 • M. No Instance 49 PA5 _ No Instance 50 PA6 _ No Instance 51 PA7 _ No Instance 52 PA8 No Instance 53 rAy _ No Instance 54 ΡΑΙΟ — no instance 55 PAll - no instance 56 PA12 _ no instance 57 PA13 no instance 58 PA14 no instance 59 PA15 no instance 60 PA16 '- no instance 61 PA17 no instance 62 ΡΑΙΟ Adi no Example 63 ΡΑΙΟ Ad2 No instance 64 ΡΑΙΟ Ad3 No instance 65 ΡΑΙΟ &quot; Ad4 None - Example 66 ΡΑΙΟ - No Pu^Cly'J 〇γΑ19 • There is Comparative Example 7 ΡΑ1 9 - There is a table - indicating that no additive is added. If the exposure energy of ultraviolet light is 5 〇 ± 〇丨 J / cm 2 , flow deficiencies and alignment defects are found in any of Comparative Example 6 and Comparative Example 7, in the example A defect was observed in only Example 63 in 45 to Example 66. [Example 67 to Example 83] A polyglycine solution (pA1~) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 1 to Synthesis Example 17, respectively. A mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added to pA17), and diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent.

S 201237065 40462pif 劑,將紫外線的照射能量變更為於365 nm下為10.0±0.1 J/cm2,除此以夕卜利用基於實例23的方法而組裝空單元。 而且,於這些空單元中真空注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶 單兀。 [實例84] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt〇/0 的聚醯胺酸溶液(ΡΑΙΟ)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為S 201237065 40462pif agent, the irradiation energy of ultraviolet rays was changed to 10.0 ± 0.1 J/cm 2 at 365 nm, except that the empty cell was assembled by the method of Example 23. Further, a liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into these empty cells to form a liquid crystal cell. [Example 84] The polyglycine solution (ΡΑΙΟ) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt 〇 /0 prepared in Synthesis Example 10 was used per unit weight of the polymer.

20 wt%的比例添加添加劑(Adi)。其後,添加NMP/BC = 4/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例67的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例85] 於合成例ίο中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1G)中,以在每單絲合物重量中為 2—0 wt%的,添加添加劑(Ad2)。其後,添加NMp/Bc = 4/1 (重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 w,作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於貫例67的方法έ且奘*留a 廿 古組裝空早兀。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例86] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PAl〇)中,以/广物/晨度為6 Wt/〇 10 )中在母早位聚合物重量中為 1〇心的_添加添加劑(Ad3)。其後,添加丽臟 135The additive (Adi) was added in a ratio of 20 wt%. Thereafter, a mixed solvent of NMP/BC = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added, and the mixture was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty unit was assembled by the method based on Example 67. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 85] In a polyglycine solution (PA1G) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example ί, added in an amount of 2 to 0 wt% per weight of the monofilament Additive (Ad2). Thereafter, a mixed solvent of NMp/Bc = 4/1 (weight ratio) was added and diluted to a polymer solid concentration of w as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the method based on Example 67 was used, and 奘* was left a 廿 ancient assembly. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 86] In the polymerized polyaminic acid solution (PAl〇) prepared in Synthesis Example 10, in the weight of the mother early polymer in the weight / morning intensity of 6 Wt / 〇 10 ) 〇 Add _ Additives (Ad3). After that, add the dirty 135

201237065 4U^fOZpiI = 4/i (重量比)的混合溶劑’稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例67的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 z工 [實例87] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6痛 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA10)中,以在每單位聚合物重量中為 0.5wt%的比例添加添加劑(Ad4)。其後,添加麵以队 = 4/U重量比)的混合溶劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為 4 wt%而作為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用 基於實例67的方法組裝空單元。其次,於該空單元中真空 注入液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元。 [實例88] 於合成例10中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6㈣ 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA1〇)中,添加NMP/BC = 4/1 (重邊 比)的混合軸’稀釋至聚合物_物濃度為4 wt%而f 為液晶配向劑。所得的液日日日配向劑,«外線的照身 能量變更為於365 nm下為1〇姻Λ J/cm2,除此以外利拜 基於實例44的方法而組裝單元厚度為4,㈣單元。^ -人’於及工單疋中真空注人液晶組成物A,製成液晶單元 [比較例8] 於口成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt〇/ 的聚醯胺^^液(PA19)中,添加= W (重. 比)H容劑,稀釋至聚合物固形物濃度為“祝而七201237065 4U^fOZpiI = 4/i (by weight) mixed solvent was diluted to a polymer solid concentration of 4 wt% as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty unit was assembled by the method based on Example 67. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 87] In the polyglycine solution (PA10) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 pain prepared in Synthesis Example 10, an additive was added in a ratio of 0.5% by weight per unit weight of the polymer ( Ad4). Thereafter, a mixed solvent having a surface of 4 / U by weight was added, and the polymer solid concentration was diluted to 4 wt% to obtain a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty unit was assembled by the method based on Example 67. Next, the liquid crystal composition A was vacuum-injected into the empty cell to prepare a liquid crystal cell. [Example 88] In a polyaminic acid solution (PA1 〇) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 (4) prepared in Synthesis Example 10, a mixed axis of NMP/BC = 4/1 (heavy edge ratio) was added to be diluted to The polymer_concentration was 4 wt% and f was a liquid crystal alignment agent. The obtained liquid daily and daily alignment agent, «the external body energy was changed to 1 〇 Λ J/cm 2 at 365 nm, and the other unit was assembled according to the method of Example 44, and the thickness of the unit was 4, (4). ^ -People's vacuum injection of liquid crystal composition A into a work order, making a liquid crystal cell [Comparative Example 8] Polymeric solid concentration of 6 wt〇/polyamide prepared in Example 19 ^^ liquid (PA19), add = W (heavy. ratio) H agent, diluted to a polymer solid concentration of "good and seven

S 136 201237065 40462pif 為液晶配向劑。,用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例67 的方法而組裝空單70。其次,於該空單元巾真空注入液晶 組成物A ’製成液晶單元。 [比較例9] 於合成例19中所調製的聚合物固形物濃度為6 wt% 的聚醯胺酸溶液(PA19)中,添加NMP/BC二4/1 (重量 比)的混合溶劑’轉至聚合物固形物濃度為4㈣而作 為液晶配向劑。使用所得的液晶配向劑,利用基於實例88 的方法而組裝空單元。其:欠,於m單元巾真空注入液晶 組成物A,製成液晶單元。 &lt;流動配向的觀察&gt; 與上述同樣地將液晶單元夾於配置為正交尼科耳棱 鏡的2枚偏光板巾’ u由目視觀察流動配向。將流動配向 的觀察結果示於表5中。 &lt;配向缺陷的觀察&gt; 將觀察了流動配向的液晶單元於11〇。〇下進行3〇分鐘 的^向同性處理’冷卻至室溫。其:欠,使偏絲微鏡成為 正父尼科耳棱鏡狀態而再:欠職液晶單錢行觀察。將配 向缺陷的觀察結果示於表5中。 137 201237065 40462pif 表5_ 實例No. 聚as胺酸溶液 No. 添加劑 實例67 實例68 實例69 實例70 實例71 實例72 實例73 實例74 實例75 實例76 實例77 實例78 實例79 實例80 實例81 實例82 實例83 實例84 實例85 實例86 實例87 實例88 比較例8 比較例9 PA1ΎΑ2 ΤΑ3 ΡΑ4ΎΑ5^Α6 1PA7^Α8^Α9 ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑ11 ΡΑ12 ΡΑ13 ΡΑ14 ΡΑ15 ΡΑ16 ΡΑ17 ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑ19 ΡΑ19S 136 201237065 40462pif is a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, the empty sheet 70 was assembled by the method of Example 67. Next, a liquid crystal cell is formed by vacuum-injecting the liquid crystal composition A' into the empty unit. [Comparative Example 9] In a polyglycine solution (PA19) having a polymer solid concentration of 6 wt% prepared in Synthesis Example 19, a mixed solvent of NMP/BC 2/1 (weight ratio) was added. The concentration of the polymer solid is 4 (four) as a liquid crystal alignment agent. Using the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent, empty cells were assembled using the method based on Example 88. It is: owed, vacuum injection of the liquid crystal composition A into the m unit towel to prepare a liquid crystal cell. &lt;Observation of Flow Orientation&gt; In the same manner as described above, the liquid crystal cell was sandwiched between two polarizing plates arranged in a crossed Nicols prism, and the flow alignment was visually observed. The observation results of the flow alignment are shown in Table 5. &lt;Observation of alignment defects&gt; The liquid crystal cell of the flow alignment was observed at 11 Å. The same process was carried out for 3 minutes in the armpits and cooled to room temperature. It: owed, so that the partial micromirror becomes the state of the father Nikule prism and then: the liquid crystal money is obsolete. The observation results of the alignment defects are shown in Table 5. 137 201237065 40462pif Table 5_Example No. Polyas Amino Acid Solution No. Additive Example 67 Example 68 Example 69 Example 70 Example 71 Example 72 Example 73 Example 74 Example 75 Example 76 Example 77 Example 78 Example 79 Example 80 Example 81 Example 82 Example 83 Example 84 Example 85 Example 86 Example 87 Example 88 Comparative Example 8 Comparative Example 9 PA1ΎΑ2 ΤΑ3 ΡΑ4ΎΑ5^Α6 1PA7^Α8^Α9 ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑ11 ΡΑ12 ΡΑ13 ΡΑ14 ΡΑ15 ΡΑ16 ΡΑ17 ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑΙΟ ΡΑ19 ΡΑ19

Adl_ Ad2 Ad3 Ad4Adl_ Ad2 Ad3 Ad4

表中的表示未添加添加劑。 如果進-步增強紫外線的曝光能量,使其為 10.0±〇 1 J/cm,則於實例67〜實例88中完全未觀察到缺陷,相對 於此,於比較例8中卻發現了配向缺陷。根據實例23〜實 例88和比較例4〜比較例9的結果可知:本發明的配向膜 即使是在低能量的紫外線照射下配向性也良好,且由於光 照射的化學變化的感度良好。 如上所述’可知當將本發明的配向膜應用於液晶顯示 138The table indicates that no additives were added. If the exposure energy of the ultraviolet ray was further increased to 10.0 ± 〇 1 J/cm, no defects were observed at all in Examples 67 to 88. On the other hand, the alignment defect was found in Comparative Example 8. According to the results of the examples 23 to 88 and the comparative examples 4 to 9, the alignment film of the present invention is excellent in the alignment property even under low-energy ultraviolet irradiation, and the sensitivity due to the chemical change of the light irradiation is good. As described above, it is known that when the alignment film of the present invention is applied to a liquid crystal display 138

S 201237065 40462pif 元件用配向朗情叫,具有透料、配祕射耐實用 的充分特性。而且,本發明的配向膜可用通用波長的紫外 線充分地進行紐向處理,*且即使是比切已知的光配 向膜更低的能量的紫外線照射’也可以進行光配向處理。 【圖式簡單說明】 【主要元件符號說明】 139S 201237065 40462pif The component is equipped with a matching sensation, and it has the characteristics of translucent and fine-spraying. Further, the alignment film of the present invention can be sufficiently subjected to a tack treatment by ultraviolet rays of a general-purpose wavelength, and * can be subjected to photoalignment treatment even if it is irradiated with ultraviolet rays of lower energy than a known photo-alignment film. [Simple description of the diagram] [Explanation of main component symbols] 139

Claims (1)

201237065 40462pif 七、申請專利範圍: 1.一種液晶配向劑,其含有使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應 而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物,且用以形成光配向用液晶配 向膜, 所述四羧酸二酐包含下述式(I)所表示的四羧酸二酐; 所述二胺包含選自下述式(N-1)及式(N-2)所表示 的二胺的群組的至少1種;201237065 40462pif VII. Patent application scope: 1. A liquid crystal alignment agent containing polyamic acid or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine, and used for forming a liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment. The tetracarboxylic dianhydride comprises a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (I); the diamine contains a diamine selected from the following formula (N-1) and formula (N-2) At least one of the groups; (I) 在式(I)中,RA〜RD獨立為氫或碳數1〜4的烷基; h2n(I) In the formula (I), RA to RD are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; h2n re·^^ (N-1) NH, 在式(N-1)中,RE獨立為1價有機基; RF獨立為氫、1價有機基或鹵素;而且 Z是包含碳數1〜5的伸烷基的2價基;Re·^^ (N-1) NH, in the formula (N-1), RE is independently a monovalent organic group; RF is independently hydrogen, a monovalent organic group or a halogen; and Z is a carbon number of 1 to 5. a divalent group of an alkyl group; 140 S 201237065 40462pif 在式(N-2)中,R°獨立為1價有機基或鹵素; RH獨立為1價有機基; m獨立為0〜3的整數;而且 η為0〜4的整數。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含 有使RE獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基,RF獨立為氫、碳數1〜3 的烷基、氟、氯、或溴的式(N-1)所表示的二胺或含該 二胺的二胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其 衍生物。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含 有使在分子兩端的苯基中的各自的對位具有胺基的式 (N-1)所表示的二胺或含該二胺的二胺混合物與四羧酸 二酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其含有 使選自下述式(N-1-1)〜式(N-1-20)所表示的二胺的群 組的至少1種或含該二胺的二胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應 而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; 141 201237065 4U462pit /=\ ch3 CH \v ~N—CH CH3 CH H2N140 S 201237065 40462pif In the formula (N-2), R° is independently a monovalent organic group or a halogen; RH is independently a monovalent organic group; m is independently an integer of 0 to 3; and η is an integer of 0 to 4. 2. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to Item 1, wherein the RE is independently an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 3, and the RF is independently hydrogen, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, fluorine, chlorine, or A poly-proline or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine represented by the formula (N-1) or a diamine mixture containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. 3. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which comprises or contains the diamine represented by the formula (N-1) having an amine group in each of the phenyl groups at both ends of the molecule. Polylysine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine mixture of an amine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. 4. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which contains at least a group selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-20) a poly-proline or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine mixture containing the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride; 141 201237065 4U462pit /=\ ch3 CH \v ~N-CH CH3 CH H2N h2nH2n h2n-^H2n-^ h2nH2n n—(ch2 CH3 CH N-(CH2 CH3 CH N-(CH; CH3 CH hJ-(CH; h2nN—(ch2 CH3 CH N-(CH2 CH3 CH N-(CH; CH3 CH hJ-(CH; h2n h2nH2n h2nH2n h2nH2n h2nH2n C2H5 C,H d1 c2h5 ?2H5C2H5 C, H d1 c2h5 ?2H5 C3H7 C3H7 n-ch2 * 1 -(CH2): h2nC3H7 C3H7 n-ch2 * 1 -(CH2): h2n (N-l-1) (N-l-2) (N-l-3) (N-l-4) (N-l-5) (N-l-6) (N-l-7) (N-l-8) (N-l-9) (N-l-10) (N-l-11) (N-l-12) (N-l-13) (N-l-14) (N-l-15) C3H7 N-iCH2)-N- ^&gt;==\-\J-^ C3H7 〇3Ητ^ N—(CH2)HSI—~N_ 〒3H7 C3H7_ h2n(Nl-1) (Nl-2) (Nl-3) (Nl-4) (Nl-5) (Nl-6) (Nl-7) (Nl-8) (Nl-9) (Nl-10) (Nl-11) (Nl-12) (Nl-13) (Nl-14) (Nl-15) C3H7 N-iCH2)-N- ^&gt;==\-\J-^ C3H7 〇3Ητ^ N— (CH2)HSI—~N_ 〒3H7 C3H7_ h2n h2nH2n h2 h2 h2n^^-n^ch2)Jj-Q)-nh2 142 s 201237065 40462pifH2 h2 h2n^^-n^ch2)Jj-Q)-nh2 142 s 201237065 40462pif (N-l-16) (N-l-17) (N-l-18) (N-l-19) (N-l-20) 5. 如申請專利範圍第i項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含有 使RG獨立為碳數1〜10的烷基、碳數的烷氧基、胺曱 醯基、氟、氣、或溴,RH獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基的式(N-2) 所表示的二胺或含該二胺的二胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應而 得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 6. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含有 使在分子兩端的苯基中的各自的對位具有胺基的式(N_2)所 表示的二胺或含該二胺的二胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應而得 的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 7. 如申睛專利範@第〗項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含有 使選自下述式(Ν·2·1)〜式⑽七)所表示的二胺的群組 的至少1種或含$二胺的二舰合物與喃酸二贱應而得 的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; 143 20123706540462pif(Nl-16) (Nl-17) (Nl-18) (Nl-19) (Nl-20) 5. The liquid crystal alignment agent of claim i, which contains RG independently as carbon number 1 a diamine or a derivative represented by the formula (N-2) in which an alkyl group having 10 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number, an amidino group, a fluorine, a gas, or a bromine, and RH is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; Polylysine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine mixture of the diamine with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. 6. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which contains a diamine represented by the formula (N_2) having an amine group in the phenyl group at both ends of the molecule, or a diamine containing the same. Polylysine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting a diamine mixture with a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. 7. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to the invention, which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of diamines represented by the following formulas (Ν·2·1) to (10) (7). Or a poly-deuterated acid or a derivative thereof containing a diamine compound and a di-anthracene; 143 20123706540462pif (N-2-1) (N-2-2) (N-2-3) (N-2-4) (N-2-5) (N-2-6)(N-2-1) (N-2-2) (N-2-3) (N-2-4) (N-2-5) (N-2-6) (N-2-7) (N-2-8) 144 s 201237065 40462pif(N-2-7) (N-2-8) 144 s 201237065 40462pif H2NH2N h2 h2nH2 h2n h2H2 η3^〇^OCH3 H3CO OCH3 H2N-^Q)^^_M_Nh2 (N-2-9) (N-2-10) (N-2-12) (N-2-13) (N-2-14) (N-2-15) 8·如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含有 使如申請專利範圍第7項中所述的式(N-2-1)及式(N-2-2) 所表示的二胺的至少1種或含該二胺的二胺混合物與四叛酸 二針反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 9.如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑’其中含有 使進一步包含選自下述式(III)〜式(IX)及式(XV)所表 示的二胺的群組的至少1種的二胺混合物與四羧酸二酐反應 145 201237065 40462pif 而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物; H2N—~A1—NH2 H2N v~~卜NH, H2N h2nΗ3^〇^OCH3 H3CO OCH3 H2N-^Q)^^_M_Nh2 (N-2-9) (N-2-10) (N-2-12) (N-2-13) (N-2-14) (N-2-15) The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which contains the formula (N-2-1) and the formula (N- as described in claim 7 of the scope of the patent application. 2-2) Polyamine or a derivative thereof obtained by reacting at least one of the diamines represented by the diamines or the diamine mixture containing the diamines with two needles of tetrazolium. 9. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the first aspect of the invention, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent contains at least 1 group further comprising a diamine selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (III) to (IX) and (XV); Kind of diamine mixture reacted with tetracarboxylic dianhydride 145 201237065 40462pif obtained polyglycine or its derivative; H2N-~A1-NH2 H2N v~~b NH, H2N h2n h2n 〇-y-(^y-〇Nh2 33 R, H2N—G—(-Si—0-R34 R 33 Si-G_ 丄34 -NH2 (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) (VIII) (IX) (XV) 在式(III)中,A1為-(CH2)m-,m為1〜6的整數; 在式(V)、式(VII)及式(IX)中,X是單鍵、-0-、-S-、 -S-S-、-S〇2_、-C〇-、-NH-、-N(CH3)-、-C(CH3)2_、_C(CF3)2_、 -(CH2)m-、-CKCH2)m-0-、或-S-(CH2)m-S-,m 為 1〜6 的整數; 在式(VII)中,L1 及 L2 為-Η,但當 x 為-NH-、-N(CH3)-、 -CHr、-C(CH3)2-、或-C(CF3)2-時也可以相互鍵結而形成單鍵; 在式(VIII)及式(IX)中,Y 為單鍵、_〇-、_s_、_ca、 s 146 201237065 40462pif _(:(0Ή3)2_、_C(CF3)r、或碳數丨〜3的伸烷基; 在式(XV)中,R33&amp;R34獨立為碳數丨〜3的烷基或苯 基,G獨立為碳數丨〜6的伸烷基、伸苯基或被烷基取代的伸 苯基;m為1〜1〇的整數;而且 在上述各式中,環己烷環或苯環的-H也可以被-F、-CH3、 -OH、-COOH、-S03H、-P〇3H2、节基、或經基节基取代。 10. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中含有 使進一步包含具有側鏈結構的二胺的二胺混合物與四叛酸二 酐反應而得的聚醯胺酸或其衍生物。 11. 如申請專利範圍第10項所述的液晶配向劑’其中, 所述具有侧鏈結構的二胺是選自下述式(x)〜式(XIV)所 表示的二胺的群組的至少1種; rH2n 〇-y-(^y-〇Nh2 33 R, H2N-G-(-Si-0-R34 R 33 Si-G_ 丄34 -NH2 (III) (IV) (V) (VI) (VII) ( VIII) (IX) (XV) In the formula (III), A1 is -(CH2)m-, and m is an integer of 1 to 6; in the formula (V), the formula (VII) and the formula (IX), X Is a single bond, -0-, -S-, -SS-, -S〇2_, -C〇-, -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -C(CH3)2_, _C(CF3)2_, -(CH2)m-, -CKCH2)m-0-, or -S-(CH2)mS-, m is an integer from 1 to 6; in formula (VII), L1 and L2 are -Η, but when x When -NH-, -N(CH3)-, -CHr, -C(CH3)2-, or -C(CF3)2- may also be bonded to each other to form a single bond; in formula (VIII) and formula ( In IX), Y is a single bond, _〇-, _s_, _ca, s 146 201237065 40462pif _(:(0Ή3)2_, _C(CF3)r, or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 33; Wherein R33&amp;R34 is independently alkyl or phenyl having a carbon number of 丨~3, and G is independently an alkylene group having a carbon number of 丨~6, a phenyl group or a phenyl group substituted by an alkyl group; m is 1~ An integer of 1 ;; and in the above formulas, the -H of the cyclohexane ring or the benzene ring may also be -F, -CH3, -OH, -COOH, -S03H, -P〇3H2, agglomerate, or Base section 10. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 1, which comprises a polyaminic acid obtained by reacting a diamine mixture further comprising a diamine having a side chain structure with tetra-baric acid dianhydride or 11. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the invention of claim 10, wherein the diamine having a side chain structure is a diamine selected from the group consisting of the following formula (x) to formula (XIV) At least one of the groups; r 在式(X)中, Z1 是單鍵、·〇…C〇_、_C〇〇_、_〇c〇·、_c〇NH_、CH2〇、 _(ΧΉ2_' ' _〇CFr、或-(CH2)m-,m 為 1〜6 的整數,該 伸烧基中的任意_CHr也可以被-〇-、-CH=CH-或-C ξ C-取代; R3是具有類固醇骨架的基、碳數3〜30的烷基、具有碳 數1〜30的烷基或碳數1〜30的烷氧基作為取代基的苯基、或 下述式(X-a)所表示的基,該碳數1〜30的烷基中的任意-CH2- 147 201237065 40462pif 也可以被-Ο-、-CH=CH-或-CeC-取代; [响 [(馋_ — C [〇] -fA3V d —R6 (X-a) e 在式(X-a)中, A2 及 A3 獨立為單鍵、-Ο-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-CH = CH-、或碳數1〜12的伸烷基,a及b獨立為0〜4的整數; 環B及環C獨立為1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸環已基、1,3-二噁 烧-2,5-二基、。密咬-2,5-二基、11比β定-2,5-二基、奈_1,5_二基、秦 -2,7-二基、或蒽-9,10-二基; R4及R5獨立為-F或CH3,f及g獨立為〇〜2的整數; R6是-F、-OH、-CN、碳數1〜30的烷基、碳數1〜30的 烷氧基、或碳數2〜30的烷氧基烷基,在該些烷基、烷氧基、 烷氧基烷基中,任意-H也可以被-F取代,任意-CHr也可以被 -CFr或下述式(s)所表示的2價基取代;In the formula (X), Z1 is a single bond, ·〇...C〇_, _C〇〇_, _〇c〇·, _c〇NH_, CH2〇, _(ΧΉ2_' ' _〇CFr, or -(CH2 M-, m is an integer of 1 to 6, and any _CHr in the extended alkyl group may be substituted by -〇-, -CH=CH- or -C ξ C-; R3 is a group having a steroid skeleton, carbon a phenyl group having 3 to 30 alkyl groups, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms as a substituent, or a group represented by the following formula (Xa), wherein the carbon number is 1 Any -CH2- 147 201237065 40462pif of the alkyl group of 〜30 may also be substituted by -Ο-, -CH=CH- or -CeC-; [[[馋 __ C [〇] -fA3V d -R6 (Xa e In the formula (Xa), A2 and A3 are independently a single bond, -Ο-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -CH=CH-, or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a and b are independently an integer of 0 to 4; ring B and ring C are independently 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,3-dioxin-2,5-diyl, . Bite -2,5-diyl, 11 to β-deno-2,5-diyl, nai-1,5-diyl, qin-2,7-diyl, or -9,10-diyl R4 and R5 are independently -F or CH3, f and g are independent integers of 〇~2; R6 is -F -OH, -CN, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or an alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, in the alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkoxy group In the alkyl group, any -H may be substituted by -F, and any -CHr may be substituted by -CFr or a divalent group represented by the following formula (s); 在式(s)中,R35及R36獨立為碳數1〜3的烷基,m為1 〜6的整數; c、d及e獨立為〇〜3的整數,而且c + d+eg 1 ; 148 S (XI)201237065 40462pifIn the formula (s), R35 and R36 are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, m is an integer of 1 to 6; c, d and e are independently an integer of 〇~3, and c + d+eg 1 ; 148 S (XI)201237065 40462pif (XII) 在式(XI)及式(XII)中, R7獨立為-Η或-CH3 ; R8為-Η、碳數1〜20的烷基或碳數2〜20的烯基; Α4獨立為單鍵、-CO-或-CH2-; 在式(XII)中, R9及R1G獨立為碳數1〜20的烷基或苯基; 149 201237065 40462pif R11(XII) In the formula (XI) and the formula (XII), R7 is independently -Η or -CH3; R8 is -Η, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; a single bond, -CO- or -CH2-; in the formula (XII), R9 and R1G are independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; 149 201237065 40462pif R11 在式(XIII)及式(XIV)中,A5獨立為-0-或碳數1〜6 的伸烷基; 在式(XIII)中,R11為-H或碳數1〜30的烷基,該烷基 的任意-CHr也可以被-0·、-CH=CH-或-CeC-取代; A6是單鍵或碳數1〜3的伸烧基; 環T是1,4-伸苯基或1,4-伸環已基; h為0或1 ; 在式(XIV)中,R12是碳數6〜22的烷基;而且 R13是碳數1〜22的烧基。 12.如申請專利範圍第1項裘第11項中任一項所述的液 晶配向劑’其中,進一步使用選自下述式(An-Ι )〜式(An-6) 所表示的化合物的群組的至少1穆作為與二胺反應的四叛酸 二酐; 150 201237065 40462pifIn the formulae (XIII) and (XIV), A5 is independently -0- or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; in the formula (XIII), R11 is -H or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Any -CHr of the alkyl group may also be substituted by -0, -CH=CH- or -CeC-; A6 is a single bond or a C 1 to 3 alkyl group; ring T is 1,4-phenylene Or 1,4-cyclohexylene; h is 0 or 1; in the formula (XIV), R12 is an alkyl group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms; and R13 is a alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned formula (An-Ι)~ (An-6) is further used. Group of at least 1 mus as tetrare-acid dianhydride reacted with diamine; 150 201237065 40462pif (An-1) (An-2)(An-1) (An-2) 在式(An-1 )、式(An-4)及式(An-5 )中,X1獨立為單 鍵或-CH2-; 在式(An-2)中,G1為單鍵、碳數1〜20的伸烷基、_Ca、 -0-、_S-、-S02-、-C(CH3)r、或-C(CF3)r ; 在式(An-2)〜式(An-4)中,Y1獨立為選自下述3價 基的群組的1種; 谷各;&gt; &gt; 乂 在式(Αη·3)〜式(An-5)中,環Ε表示碳數3〜1〇的 151 201237065 40462pif 單環式烴的基或碳數6〜2〇的输人夕 氫也可以釘基、乙基絲均歧,職的任意 環上所連的鍵可以連結在 以連結在同-碳上; #成痛任狄上’2個鍵也可 Π,:)中,Χ11為碳數2〜6的伸院基; Me表不甲基,而且,ph表示苯基。 曰配2 ^專利範圍第1項至第U項中任—項所述的液 式()及式(17)所表示的芳香族酸 少1種作為與二胺反應的四魏二肝; W拜、,且的至In the formula (An-1), the formula (An-4), and the formula (An-5), X1 is independently a single bond or -CH2-; in the formula (An-2), G1 is a single bond, and the carbon number is 1. -20 alkyl, _Ca, -0-, _S-, -S02-, -C(CH3)r, or -C(CF3)r; in the formula (An-2) to (An-4) Y1 is independently one selected from the group consisting of the following trivalent groups; each of the valleys; &gt;&gt; In the formula (Αη·3) to (An-5), the ring Ε represents the carbon number of 3 to 1 151 151 201237065 40462pif The monocyclic hydrocarbon group or the carbon number 6~2〇 can also be nailed or ethyl wire. The bonds connected to any ring of the job can be linked to each other. - on carbon; #成痛任狄上'2 keys can also be Π, :), Χ11 is a carbon number 2~6 stretching base; Me is not methyl, and ph means phenyl. The liquid formula () and the aromatic acid represented by the formula (17) according to any one of the first to the fifth paragraphs of the patent range 2 to the above are the four Wei Wei livers which react with the diamine; Worship, and 14.如申凊專利範圍第1項至第u項中任一項所述的液 晶配向劑,其中,進一步使用選自下述式(23)、式(25)、式 (36)〜式(39)、式(44)、式(49)及式(68)所表示的脂 環族四缓酸二酐及脂肪族四竣酸二肝的群組的至少1種作為 與二胺反應的四羧酸二酐; S 152 201237065 40462pifThe liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the items 1 to 5, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent is further selected from the group consisting of the following formula (23), formula (25), and formula (36) to 39), at least one of the group of the alicyclic tetrazoic acid dianhydride and the aliphatic tetradecanoic acid dihepatic represented by the formula (44), the formula (49), and the formula (68) as a reaction with the diamine Carboxylic dianhydride; S 152 201237065 40462pif 15·如申請專利範圍第1項至第11項中任-項所述的液 晶配向劑,其中,進—步使用選自如中請專利範圍第13項 所述的芳香族四喊二叫群_至少i種、與選自如申請 專利㈣第14賴述的脂環族四繼二針及麟族四緩酸 二_群_至少1種作為與二胺反應的續酸二肝。 16. 如申請專利範圍第i項至第u項中任一項所述的液 晶配向劑’其中進一步包含選自經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合 物化氧化合物、及碎烧偶合劑的至少1種。 17. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 所述經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物是選自由雙[4_(烯丙基雙 環[2.2.1]庚_5_烯_2,3_二羧基醯亞胺)苯基]甲烷、ν,Ν'-間苯二曱 基-雙(焊丙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)、及Ν,Ν,-六亞曱基-雙(稀丙基雙環[2.2·1]庚-5-烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺)所 構成的群組的至少1種。 18. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 153 201237065 40462pif 所述經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物是雙[4-(烯丙基雙環 [2.2.1]庚-5-稀-2,3-二缓基酿亞胺)苯基]曱烧。 19. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 包含相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總量而言為〇.〇l wt% 〜50 wt%的經烯基取代的耐地醯亞胺化合物。 20. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 所述環氧化合物是選自由N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲 胺、I,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、n,N,N,,N,-四 縮水甘油基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基曱烷、2-[4-(2,3-環氧基丙氧基) 苯基]-2·[4-[ 1,1 -雙[4-([2,3-環氧基丙氧基]苯基)]乙基]苯基]丙 烧、3,4-環氧環己烯基甲基_3,,4’_環氧環己烯羧酸酯、Ν-苯基 馬來醯亞胺-曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯共聚物、及2-(3,4-環氧基 環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷所構成的群組的至少1種。 21. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 所述環氧化合物是N,N,N,,N,-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二笨基 曱烷或2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三曱氧基矽烷。 22. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 包含相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總量而言為1 wt%〜 40 wt%的環氧化合物。 23. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 所述矽烷偶合劑是選自由乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧 基石夕燒、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基曱基二曱氧基石夕烧、N_(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、對胺基苯基三曱氧 基矽烷、對胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、間胺基苯基三曱氧基矽 S 154 201237065 40462pif 烷、間胺基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、3_胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_ 胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 3_縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二尹氧基矽烷、3_氣丙基甲基二甲氧 基石夕院、3-氯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲 氧基矽烷、3-魏基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、义⑹―二甲基亞丁 基)-3-(三乙氧基石夕烷基)小丙基胺、及N,N,·雙[3_(三甲氧基矽 烧基)丙基]乙二胺所構成的群組的至少1種。 24. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 所述石夕烧偶合劑是3-胺基丙基三乙氧基石夕烧。 25. 如申請專利範圍第16項所述的液晶配向劑,其中, 包含相對於所述聚醯胺酸或其衍生物的總量而言為〇 1 wt%〜 10wt%的&gt;5夕烧偶合劑。 26. —種液晶配向劑’其混合有如申請專利範圍第i項至 第15項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑的至少2種。 27. —種光配向用液晶配向膜’其經由:將如申請專利範 圍第1項至第26項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上 的步驟’對塗附有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾燥的步驟,對膜照 射偏光紫外線的步驟而形成。 28. —種光配向用液晶配向膜,其經由:將如申請專利範 圍第1項至第26項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上 的步驟’對塗附有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾燥的步驟,對已乾 燥的膜照射偏光紫外線的步驟,其次對該膜進行加熱煅燒的步 驟而形成。 29·—種光配向用液晶配向膜,其經由:將如申請專利範 155 201237065 40462pif 驟而形成 30·—種液 圍第1項至第26項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗布於基板上 =步驟’對塗附有配向劑的基板進行加熱乾燥的步驟,對已乾 行加細咖轉,其讀麵雜偏光料線的步 晶顯示元件,甘 至第29項中任_箱#、+、 具具有如申請專利範圍第27項 &quot;'的光配向用液晶配向膜。 S 156 201237065 40462pif 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案之指定代表圖:無。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 無。 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵 的化學式:The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the aromatic four shouting group selected from the thirteenth item of the patent application scope is further used. At least one species selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic four-second needle and a linoleic acid group of at least one of the alicyclic group as described in the fourteenth application of the patent (four), as a continuous acid dihepatic reaction with a diamine. The liquid crystal alignment agent of any one of the above-mentioned items of the present invention, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent further comprises an oxyalkylene compound-containing oxygen compound selected from the group consisting of an alkenyl group, and a calcining coupler. At least one. 17. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the alkenyl-substituted ruthenium imine compound is selected from the group consisting of bis[4_(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]g _5 _ene_2,3_dicarboxy quinone imine) phenyl]methane, ν, Ν'-m-phenylenedifluoryl-bis (weld propyl bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-5-ene-2,3- Group consisting of dicarboxy quinone imine), and hydrazine, hydrazine, hexamethylene fluorenyl-bis(dipropylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2,3-dicarboxy quinazoline) At least one of them. 18. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein 153 201237065 40462pif the alkenyl-substituted ruthenium imine compound is bis[4-(allylbicyclo[2.2.1]g -5-rare-2,3-di-supplemental imine) phenyl] oxime. 19. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the olefin is contained in an amount of from 〇. 〇1 wt% to 50% by weight based on the total amount of the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof. A substituted quinone imine compound. 20. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the epoxy compound is selected from the group consisting of N, N, N', N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, I, 3 - bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, n,N,N,,N,-tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylnonane, 2 -[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2·[4-[ 1,1 -bis[4-([2,3-epoxypropoxy]phenyl) Ethyl]phenyl]propane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexenylmethyl_3,,4'-epoxycyclohexenecarboxylate, fluorenyl-phenylmaleimide-fluorenyl At least one of the group consisting of a glycidyl acrylate copolymer and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the epoxy compound is N, N, N, N, -tetraglycidyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl Decane or 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy decane. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the epoxy compound is contained in an amount of 1 wt% to 40 wt% based on the total amount of the polyamic acid or a derivative thereof. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the decane coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy sulphur, and N-(2-amino B 3-aminopropylmercapto quinone oxime, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyltrimethoxydecane, p-aminophenyltrimethoxy methoxy Decane, p-aminophenyltriethoxydecane, m-aminophenyltrimethoxysulfonium S 154 201237065 40462pif alkane, m-aminophenyltriethoxydecane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane , 3_Aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldi-methoxyoxydecane, 3-propylmethylmethyl Oxime, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-methylpropenyloxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-Whylpropyltrimethoxydecane, and (6)-dimethylbutylene At least one of the group consisting of -3-(triethoxy oxalate) propylamine and N,N,·bis[3_(trimethoxysulfenyl)propyl]ethylenediamine . The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the ceramsite coupling agent is 3-aminopropyltriethoxy sulphur. 25. The liquid crystal alignment agent according to claim 16, wherein the amount of 〇1 wt% to 10% by weight is less than the total amount of the polyaminic acid or a derivative thereof; Coupling agent. A liquid crystal alignment agent of at least two of the liquid crystal alignment agents according to any one of claims 1 to 15. 27. A liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, wherein the step of applying a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 26 to a substrate is applied to an agent coated with an alignment agent. The step of heating and drying the substrate is performed by a step of irradiating the film with polarized ultraviolet rays. A liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, which comprises the step of applying an alignment agent to a substrate by applying the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 26 The step of heating and drying the substrate, the step of irradiating the dried film with polarized ultraviolet rays, and then the step of heating and calcining the film. A liquid crystal alignment film according to any one of the items 1 to 26, wherein the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of the first to twenty-sixth aspects of the present invention is applied to the liquid crystal alignment film according to the application of the patent specification 155 201237065 40462pif On the substrate = step 'the step of heating and drying the substrate coated with the alignment agent, and the step-by-step display element for the dry-lined fine-grained material, which is read into the surface of the polarized material line, is the _ box of the 29th item #,+, has a liquid crystal alignment film for light alignment as in the 27th item of the patent application. S 156 201237065 40462pif IV. Designated representative map: (1) The designated representative of the case: None. (2) A brief description of the component symbols of this representative figure: None. 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: (N-1) (N-2) 3(N-1) (N-2) 3
TW101100286A 2011-01-05 2012-01-04 Method of forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, and liquid crystal displays TWI606081B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011000522 2011-01-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201237065A true TW201237065A (en) 2012-09-16
TWI606081B TWI606081B (en) 2017-11-21

Family

ID=46475087

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101100286A TWI606081B (en) 2011-01-05 2012-01-04 Method of forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo-alignment, and liquid crystal displays

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012155311A (en)
KR (2) KR20120079810A (en)
CN (1) CN102585843B (en)
TW (1) TWI606081B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI660981B (en) * 2016-12-07 2019-06-01 奇美實業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element having the same

Families Citing this family (26)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2729549B1 (en) * 2011-07-05 2016-12-07 Merck Patent GmbH Bimesogenic compounds
WO2014030587A1 (en) * 2012-08-21 2014-02-27 日産化学工業株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI495932B (en) * 2012-10-12 2015-08-11 Innocom Tech Shenzhen Co Ltd Liquid crystal panel and the apparatus using the same
JP5983936B2 (en) * 2012-11-19 2016-09-06 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
CN102929017B (en) * 2012-11-19 2015-06-10 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Endpoint detection method and device of optical alignment liquid crystal material
CN103048725B (en) * 2012-12-25 2016-05-18 深超光电(深圳)有限公司 Polaroid and manufacture the method for this polaroid
JP6350852B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2018-07-04 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element, and tetracarboxylic dianhydride
TWI477479B (en) * 2013-07-18 2015-03-21 Daxin Materials Corp Benzene diamine, polymer, composition for alignment film, alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
KR102071632B1 (en) 2013-09-26 2020-01-31 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Liquid crystal photo alignment agent, liquid crystal display device including the same and method of manufacturing the same
JP6315193B2 (en) * 2013-10-03 2018-04-25 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
KR102132981B1 (en) 2014-01-17 2020-07-13 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Liquid crystal display
JP6492564B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-04-03 Jsr株式会社 Liquid Crystal Alignment Agent, Liquid Crystal Alignment Film, Liquid Crystal Display Element, Retardation Film, Method of Producing Retardation Film, Polymer, and Compound
KR101615431B1 (en) * 2014-05-15 2016-04-25 코오롱인더스트리 주식회사 Polyimide and Film thereof
TWI673301B (en) * 2014-05-30 2019-10-01 日商日產化學工業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN104194802A (en) * 2014-08-22 2014-12-10 深圳市飞世尔实业有限公司 Low-pretilt angle polyimide liquid crystal aligning agent and preparation method thereof
KR20160029234A (en) * 2014-09-04 2016-03-15 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Photo alignment agent, photo alignment film, liquid crystal display device and method of manufacturing the same
JP6669159B2 (en) * 2015-03-09 2020-03-18 日産化学株式会社 Method for producing diamine compound and intermediate thereof
JP6627595B2 (en) * 2015-06-11 2020-01-08 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photo alignment, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6682965B2 (en) * 2015-07-27 2020-04-15 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal element, and method for producing liquid crystal aligning film
EP3138866A1 (en) 2015-08-28 2017-03-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Monomer, polymer, compensation film, optical film, and display device
CN110049971B (en) * 2016-10-06 2023-01-13 日产化学株式会社 Diamine, polymer, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP7255482B2 (en) * 2017-08-10 2023-04-11 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element using the same
CN111183174B (en) * 2017-10-06 2022-10-04 日东纺绩株式会社 Glass fiber reinforced resin molded article
CN112266478B (en) * 2020-10-30 2023-05-12 深圳市道尔顿电子材料有限公司 Polyimide with low body resistance, preparation method and application thereof, polyimide film and preparation method thereof
CN114835587A (en) * 2022-05-25 2022-08-02 合肥中聚和成电子材料有限公司 Synthesis method of diamine compound and diamine compound prepared by synthesis method
CN115286517A (en) * 2022-06-01 2022-11-04 慧迈材料科技(广东)有限公司 Diamine monomer and thermoplastic polyimide synthesized from same

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4958001A (en) * 1987-10-08 1990-09-18 Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. Dicyclohexyl-3,4,3',4'-tetracarboxylic acid or dianhydride thereof and polyamide-acid and polyimide obtained therefrom
JP4228614B2 (en) * 2002-08-06 2009-02-25 チッソ株式会社 Phenylenediamine with ester bond
JP4620438B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2011-01-26 チッソ株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment agent, and liquid crystal display element
JP4561607B2 (en) * 2005-11-18 2010-10-13 チッソ株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5130907B2 (en) * 2007-08-08 2013-01-30 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP4985609B2 (en) * 2007-12-26 2012-07-25 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5577591B2 (en) * 2007-12-27 2014-08-27 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5041163B2 (en) * 2008-06-18 2012-10-03 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP2010102184A (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-05-06 Chisso Corp Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment layer, and liquid crystal display element
JP5304174B2 (en) * 2008-10-29 2013-10-02 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5434490B2 (en) * 2008-12-01 2014-03-05 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5569095B2 (en) * 2010-03-29 2014-08-13 Jnc株式会社 Diamine having diphenylamine structure at two positions in the molecule, polymer obtained by reacting this diamine, liquid crystal aligning agent containing this polymer, liquid crystal aligning film formed using this liquid crystal aligning agent, and this liquid crystal aligning film Liquid crystal display device having

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI660981B (en) * 2016-12-07 2019-06-01 奇美實業股份有限公司 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element having the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI606081B (en) 2017-11-21
CN102585843B (en) 2016-03-30
KR20120079810A (en) 2012-07-13
KR20180002567A (en) 2018-01-08
JP2012155311A (en) 2012-08-16
CN102585843A (en) 2012-07-18
KR101901771B1 (en) 2018-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201237065A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agents for photo-alignment, liquid crystal photo-alignment layers, and liquid crystal displays using the same
TWI454529B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI492966B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display
TWI458754B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
JP5556482B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI592437B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent for forming liquid crystal alignment film for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
TWI596138B (en) Method to form liquid crystal photo-alignment film, and liquid crystal display
JP5370884B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TWI609853B (en) Photosensitive diamine, polyamic acid or derivatives thereof, liquid crystal aligning agents, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display devices
TWI586709B (en) Polyamic acid and derivatives thereof, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device using the same
CN105694912B (en) Light orientation aligning agent for liquid crystal, liquid crystal orientation film and the liquid crystal display element using it
TWI573814B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layers, liquid crystal alignment layers and liquid crystal display devices using the same
TWI503371B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystalline polyimide used therein
TW201343790A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agents for forming photo-aligning liquid crystal alignment layers, liquid crystal alignment layers and liquid crystal display devices using the same
TW201632587A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for forming liquid crystal aligning layer, liquid crystal aligning layer and liquid crystal display device using the same
TW201237068A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element, and polyamic acid and polyimide for producing thereof
TW201022331A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device
TW201132617A (en) Diamines having the structure of diphenylamine in two positions in the molecule, polymers obtained by reacting the diamines, liquid crystal aligning agents containing the polymers, liquid crystal aligning layers formed by using the liquid crystal alignin
TW200530712A (en) Composition for liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal holding substrate and liquid crystal display device
TWI515228B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polylysine and polyimine
TW201643205A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent for photoalignment, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device and lateral electric field liquid crystal display device using the same
TW201015177A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent and liquid crystal display element
JP5428643B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP5630139B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
TW200804936A (en) Vertical alignment mode liquid crystal alignment agent and vertical alignment mode liquid crystal display device